Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / WSFS Financial

WSFS Financial

wsfs · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker wsfs
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · WSFS Financial
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2 0 0 8 A N N U A L R E P O R T

Table of Contents

Financial Highlights
(Dollars in millions, except banking office data and per share data)

Letter from the Chairman
& the Chief Executive Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i

at December 31

2008

2007

2006

Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii

Continuing operations:

Form 10-K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Principal Officers

& Advisory Board Members . . . . . . Inside Back Cover

Total assets

Net loans, including

held for sale

Mortgage-backed securities

and other investments

Deposits

Borrowings

Stockholders’ equity

Number of banking offices

for the year ended December 31

Continuing operations:

Income from

continuing operations

Diluted earnings per share

Return on average equity

Return on average assets

Nonperforming assets

to total assets

$3,433

$3,200

$2,997

2,444

587

2,122

1,067

217

35

2,234

571

1,827

1,135

211

29

2,020

613

1,756

1,003

212

27

$16,136

$29,649

$30,441

2.57

7.30%

0.50

1.04

4.55

4.41

14.34%

15.42%

0.98

0.99

1.03

0.14

L E T T E R

F R O M T H E

C H A I R M A N & T H E

C H I E F

E X E C U T I V E O F F I C E R

Marvin N. Schoenhals, Chairman

Mark A. Turner, President and Chief Executive Officer

To our Shareholders, Customers, Associates, Neighbors and Friends:

WSFS recorded net income from continuing operations of $16.1
million, or $2.57 per diluted share in 2008, compared to $29.6 million,
or $4.55 per diluted share in 2007. For 2008 our return on equity
was 7.30% and our return on assets was 0.50%, compared to
14.34% and 0.98%, respectively, for 2007.

We ended 2008 with strong capital levels, substantially above the
“well capitalized” levels by all regulatory measures. Early in 2009, we
welcomed the U.S. Treasury as an investor in WSFS and plan to use
the Treasury’s investment to continue to make loans and expand
services in and around Delaware.

Even during the fourth quarter of 2008, when we recorded a $3.3
million quarterly loss, customer deposits increased $173.4 million
and total net loans increased $113.6 million. Our loss was primarily
due to recording a $14.7 million loan loss provision to reflect the
accelerating recession and its impact on our borrowers. By taking
this approach to loan losses in 2008, we have better positioned
WSFS to manage through these more challenging times and to
come out stronger on the other side.

Our balance sheet remains strong with particular care given to loan
diversification and lending discipline, ample liquidity, solid capital
levels and an investment portfolio strategy that limits credit risk.

We continue to lend and invest in our communities using prudent
and profitable underwriting. Well in advance of the current economic
weakness, we took measures to reduce our exposure to construction
and land development loans. As a result, we have limited these
types of loans to less than 10% of our entire loan portfolio, with
residential development representing only $142 million or 5.7% of
the loan portfolio. We also purposefully built our loan portfolios
diversified by geography, industry and property type.

Our funding sources, especially our deposits and funding from the
Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, are ample and reliable.
Growth initiatives added $228 million of customer deposits over the
past year.

WSFS owns no securities backed by sub-prime mortgages, bank
trust preferred, Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae preferred securities or
equity securities in other FDIC insured banks or thrifts. It is no accident
that our disciplined approach to building our investment portfolio to
limit credit risk has resulted in steady income and limited our exposure
to negative “mark to market” and other adjustments.

Our mission and strategy is built around service to our customers
and the community. We continue to sustain ourselves, even through
this downturn, by constantly focusing on attracting customer deposits
to fund our business loans. We strengthen the communities and
customers we serve by delivering Stellar Service and by staying true
to our values. Two of our value statements, Integrity in All We Do
and Customer First, are the guiding lights that continually focus us on
doing the right thing. WSFS remains a strong and solid community
bank built on a 177-year heritage of developing relationships and
trust with our customers, which will help us to be here for many
generations to come.

Highlights of 2008 include:

• Through disciplined risk management and prudent underwriting,
our total loan growth in 2008 was $210 million, or 9%, over
December 31, 2007. Nearly three quarters of this growth was in
commercial and industrial loans.

Total Loans
($MM)

4
4
4
2

,

4
3
2
2

,

0
2
0
2

,

5
7
7
1

,

5
3
5
1

,

5
0
3
1

,

08 07 06 05 04 03

i

W S F S 2 0 0 8 A N N U A L R E P O R T

L E T T E R

F R O M T H E

C H A I R M A N & T H E

C H I E F

E X E C U T I V E O F F I C E R

Total Customer
Deposits ($MM)

7
0
7
1

,

9
7
4
1

,

4
4
3
1

,

4
9
1
1

,

2
5
0
1

,

3
8
8

• As our customers continued to trust
WSFS to be a safe and comfortable
home for their money, we saw deposits
increase 15% in 2008, or $227.9
million from December 31, 2007.

• WSFS welcomed new customers
through the acquisition of six
branches and as a result gained $95
million in deposits. We are particularly
proud that, to date, we have not only
retained those deposit levels, but also
deepened our relationships, and
have grown these deposits to more
than $99 million.

• Richard J. Immesberger joined the
WSFS Wealth Strategies group as
Executive Vice President. With more
than 20 years of private banking and wealth management
experience, Rich leads a seasoned team of Associates who provide
WSFS customers with high-touch investment management and
trust solutions, and a world-class investment platform.

08 07 06 05 04 03

• We increased our presence in the reverse mortgage industry—

locally and nationally.

• For the third year in a row, WSFS Bank was named “Best in the
Business” by the Wilmington News Journal. This accolade supports
our commitment to being an outstanding employer and creating
an environment where Associates feel valued and love to come to
work every day.

• Critical to our long-term success is our strong culture of Engaged
Associates Delivering Stellar Service to Create Customer Advocates.
We continued to reach new heights in 2008 in both our Associate
and Customer engagement levels. Our customers continue to
have confidence in WSFS and value the world-class service
delivered by our Associates—so much so that when surveyed by
Gallup, 40% of our customers strongly agree that they “cannot
imagine a world without WSFS.”

As we have entered 2009, we continue to make appropriate
adjustments to our underwriting, pricing and loan structures. We have
also committed to monitor spending more closely in consideration
of the current economic environment. We anticipate 2009 will be
profitable for WSFS but also expect it will be a very challenging and
dynamic year. With our nimble and prudent approach to running
our business, we feel confident that we will continue to grow and
prosper in 2009 and in the years to come.

This year we will add two branches to our retail franchise in Millsboro
and Ocean View, Delaware, both located in Sussex County. Additionally,
we plan on relocating another three branches to provide even
more enhanced service to our customers in Lewes and Dover,
Delaware, as well as Glen Mills, Pennsylvania. And we will continue
to expand our lending and professional services to all our customers.
Our dedicated team of Associates and a strong management team
will lead WSFS and its shareholders, customers, Associates, neighbors
and friends through this difficult economic cycle. Thank you for
your continued support and trust in WSFS Bank.

MARVIN N. SCHOENHALS
Chairman

MARK A. TURNER
President and Chief Executive Officer

Board of Directors, WSFS Financial Corporation

Charles G. Cheleden
Vice Chairman and Lead Director
WSFS Financial Corporation
Attorney-At-Law

Calvert A. Morgan, Jr.
Vice Chairman, WSFS Bank
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer (Retired)
PNC Bank, Delaware

Jennifer W. Davis
Vice President of Administration
University of Delaware

Donald W. Delson
Senior Advisor
Keefe, Bruyette, & Woods, Inc.

John F. Downey
Executive Director (Retired)
Office of Thrift Supervision

Linda C. Drake
Founder and Chair
TCIM Services, Inc.

David E. Hollowell
Executive Vice President
and University Treasurer (Retired)
University of Delaware

Joseph R. Julian
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
JJID, Inc.

Dennis E. Klima
President/Chief Executive Officer
Bayhealth Medical Center, Inc.

Thomas P. Preston
Managing Partner
Blank Rome LLP

i i

Scott E. Reed
Senior Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer (Retired)
BB&T Corporation

Marvin N. Schoenhals
Chairman
WSFS Financial Corporation

Claibourne D. Smith, Ph.D.
Acting President, Delaware State University
Vice President (Retired)
E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Company,
Incorporated

Mark A. Turner
President and Chief Executive Officer
WSFS Financial Corporation

                                UNITED STATES                                         
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 

FORM 10-K/A 
(Amendment No. 1) 

(Mark One) 
(X)  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 
OR 

( ) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from                to                 

Commission file number 0-16668 

WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION                                             

                            Delaware                      
  (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or  
                           organization) 

                        22-2866913                   
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) 

   500  Delaware Avenue, Wilmington, Delaware  
      (Address of principal executive offices) 

                            19899                          
                        (Zip Code) 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code   (302) 792-6000   
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:   

Title of each class 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

   Indicate by check if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES __   NO __X___     

 Indicate by check if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. YES __   NO __X___ 

   Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to  
such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  X   NO ___ 

 Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to   
 the  best  of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by  reference  in  Part  III  of  this  Form  10-K  or  any               
 amendment to this Form 10-K. (  ) 

  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.    
  See definitions of  “large accelerated filer,”  “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.   
   Large accelerated filer        Accelerated filer   X   Non-accelerated filer ___ Smaller reporting company ___  

   Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).  Yes  ____ No __X___                                

   The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of the registrant's common stock as     
quoted  on  NASDAQ  as  of  June  30,  2008  was  $264,701,000.  For purposes of this calculation only, affiliates are deemed to be directors, executive 
officers and beneficial owners of greater than 10% of the outstanding shares.  

 As of March 5, 2009, there were issued and outstanding 6,165,099 shares of the registrant's common stock. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
   Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 23, 2009 are incorporated by reference in Part 
III hereof. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Part I 

Item 1. 

Business  .....................................................................................................................................       

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors  ...............................................................................................................................       

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments  .....................................................................................................       

Item 2. 

Item 3. 

Item 4. 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 

Item 7. 

Properties  ...................................................................................................................................  

Legal Proceedings.......................................................................................................................  

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders................................................................  

Part II 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder  Matters  
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities..................................................................................  

Selected Financial Data...............................................................................................................  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
    Results of Operations..............................................................................................................  

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk...................................................  

Item 8. 

Item 9. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ..........................................................................  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and  
    Financial Disclosure................................................................................................................  

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures .............................................................................................................  

Page 

3 

25 

29 

29 

33 

33 

33 

35 

35 

53 

54 

98 

98 

Item 9B. 

Other Information .......................................................................................................................  

101 

Part III 

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ........................................................  

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation ............................................................................................................  

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder 
Matters.....................................................................................................................................  

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence..........................  

Item 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services.....................................................................................  

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules..............................................................................  

Signatures....................................................................................................................................  

101 

101 

101 

102 

102 

102 

105 

-2- 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

PART I 

Within  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  exhibits  thereto,  management  has  included  certain  “forward-
looking statements” concerning the future operations of WSFS Financial Corporation (“the Company,” “our Company,”  
“WSFS” “we,” “our” or “us”).  It is management’s desire to take advantage of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private 
Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.    This  statement  is  for  the  express  purpose  of  availing  the  Company  of  the 
protections  of  such  safe  harbor  with  respect  to  all  “forward-looking  statements”  contained  in  its  financial  statements.  
Management has used “forward-looking statements” to describe the future plans and strategies including expectations of 
our future financial results.  Management’s ability to predict results or the effect of future plans and strategy is inherently 
uncertain.    Factors  that  could  affect  results  include  interest  rate  trends,  competition,  the  general  economic  climate  in 
Delaware,  the  mid-Atlantic  region  and  the  country  as  a  whole,  asset  quality,  loan  growth,  loan  delinquency  rates, 
operating  risk,  uncertainty  of  estimates  in  general  and  changes  in  federal  and  state  regulations,  among  other  factors.  
These  factors  should  be  considered  in  evaluating  the  “forward-looking  statements,”  and  undue  reliance  should  not  be 
placed on such statements. Actual results may differ materially from management expectations.  We do not undertake 
and  specifically  disclaim  any  obligation  to  publicly  release  the  result  of  any  revisions  that  may  be  made  to  any 
forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the 
date of such statements. 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

OUR BUSINESS 

WSFS Financial Corporation is parent to WSFS Bank (‘the Bank”), one of the ten oldest banks in the United 
States  continuously  operating  under  the  same  name.    A  permanent  fixture  in  this  community,  WSFS  has  been  in 
operation for more than 175 years.  In addition to its focus on stellar customer service, the Bank has continued to fuel 
growth and remain relevant. The Bank is a relationship-focused, locally-managed, community banking institution that 
has grown to become the largest thrift holding company in the State of Delaware, the second largest commercial lender 
in the state and the fourth largest bank in terms of Delaware deposits. 

WSFS’ core banking business is commercial lending funded by customer-generated deposits.  We have built a 
$1.7 billion commercial loan portfolio by recruiting the best seasoned commercial lenders in our markets and offering a 
high level of service and flexibility typically associated with a community bank.  We fund this business primarily with 
deposits  generated  through  commercial  relationships  and  retail  deposits  in  our  35-branch  retail  banking  franchise 
located in Delaware and southeastern Pennsylvania.  We also offer a broad variety of consumer loan products, retail 
securities and insurance brokerage through our retail branches. 

In  2005,  we  established  WSFS  Wealth  Strategies,  our  wealth  management  services  division.    Wealth 
Strategies  was  formed  in  response  to  our  commercial  customers’  demand  for  the  same  high  level  service  in  their 
investment relationships that they enjoyed as banking customers of WSFS.  We found that many competitors are not 
devoting human capital to clients with less than $5 million in investable assets, thereby creating an opportunity.  WSFS 
Wealth  Strategies  is  complemented  by  Cypress  Capital  Management,  a  Registered  Investment  Adviser,  acquired  by 
WSFS in 2004 and WSFS Investment Group, a brokerage firm and insurance agency.   

Our Cash Connect division is a premier provider of ATM Vault Cash and related services in the United States. 
 Cash  Connect  manages  more  than  $265  million  in  vault  cash  in  approximately  10,000  ATMs  nationwide  and  also 
provides  online  reporting  and  ATM  cash  management,  predictive cash ordering, armored carrier management, ATM 
processing and equipment sales.  Cash Connect also operates over 300 ATMs for WSFS Bank, which owns the largest 
branded ATM network in Delaware. 

During the second quarter of 2008, we acquired a majority interest in 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC (1st 

Reverse), specializing in reverse mortgage lending nationwide. 

-3- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WSFS POINTS OF DIFFERENTIATION 

While all banks offer similar products and services, we believe that WSFS has set itself apart from other banks 
in our market and the industry in general.  Also, community banks have been able to distinguish themselves from large 
weakened banks with too many big problems and not enough emphasis on the customer in the current environment.  
The following factors summarize what we believe are those points of differentiation.   

Community Banking Model 

Our size and community banking model play a key role in our success.  Our approach to business combines a 
service-oriented culture (which we call Stellar Service) with a strong complement of products and services, all aimed at 
meeting the needs of our retail and business customers.  We believe the essence of being a community bank means that 
we are: 

  Small enough to offer customers responsive, personalized service and direct access to decision makers, 

  Large enough to provide all the products and services needed by our target market customers.   

As the financial services industry has consolidated, many independent banks have been acquired by national 
companies  that  have  centralized  their  decision-making  authority  away  from  their  customers  and  focused  their  mass-
marketing to a regional or even national customer base.  We believe this trend has frustrated smaller business owners 
who have become accustomed to dealing directly with their bank’s senior executives and discouraged retail customers 
who often experience deteriorating levels of service in the branches.  Additionally, it frustrates bank Associates who 
are no longer empowered to provide good and timely service to their customers.   

WSFS Bank offers: 

  Rapid response.  Our customers tell us this is a critical differentiator from larger, in-market competitors.   

  One point of contact.  Our Relationship Managers are responsible for understanding his or her customers’ needs 

and bringing together the right resources in the Bank to meet those needs. 

  A customized approach to our clients.  We believe this gives us an advantage over our competitors who are too 

large or centralized to offer customized products or services.   

  Products  and  services  that  our  customers  value.    This  includes  a  broad  array  of  banking  and  cash  management 
products, as well as a legal lending limit high enough to meet the credit needs of our customers, especially as they 
grow.   

Building Associate Engagement and Customer Advocacy 

Our  business  model  is  built  on  a  concept  called  Human  Sigma,  a  concept  we  have  implemented  using  the 
statement “Engaged Associates delivering Stellar Service to create Customer Advocates”.  The Human Sigma model, 
identified by Gallup, Inc., begins with Associates who have taken ownership of their jobs because their strengths have 
been identified and they have been matched with the right position and strong management.  This strategy motivates 
Associates, and unleashes innovation and productivity to engage our most valuable asset, our customers, by providing 
them what we refer to as Stellar Service.  As a result, we create Customer Advocates, or customers who have built an 
emotional  attachment  to  the  Bank.    Research  studies  continue  to  show  a  direct  link  between  Associate  engagement, 
customer engagement and a company’s financial performance.  

-4- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Engaged 
Eng
Associates 
Asso

aged 
ciates 

Delivering 
Stellar 
Service 

Creating 
Customer 
Advocates 

Sha

Buil

Building 
ding 
Shareholder 
reholder 
Value 
Valu
e 

Surveys conducted for us by a nationally recognized polling company indicate: 

  Our Associate Engagement scores consistently rank in the top quartile of companies polled.  In 2008, there were 
13.4 engaged Associates for every disengaged Associate.  This compares to a 2.6:1 ratio in 2003 and a national 
average of 1.5:1.  

  Customer  surveys  rank  us  in  the  top  10%  of  all  companies,  a  “world  class”  rating.    More  than  40%  of  our 
customers ranked us a “five” out of “five,” strongly agreeing with the statement “I can’t imagine a world without 
WSFS.”  

We believe that by fostering the energy of engaged and empowered Associates, we have become an employer 
of  choice  in  our  market.    During  each  of  the  past  three  years,  WSFS  was  ranked  “Best  Place  to  Work”  by  The 
Wilmington News Journal.  

Strong Market Demographics 

Delaware  is  situated  in  the  middle  of  the  Washington,  DC  -  New  York  corridor  which  includes  the  urban 
markets  of  Philadelphia  and  Baltimore.  The  state  benefits  from  this  urban  concentration  as  well  as  from  a  unique 
political environment that has created favorable law and legal structure, a business-friendly environment and a fair tax 
system.  In its 2007 overview, the Corporation for Enterprise Development ranked Delaware as one of only two states 
to receive “Straight A’s” in its assessment of economic development throughout the U.S.  Additionally, Delaware is 
one of only seven states with a AAA bond rating.  Delaware’s Demographics consistently compare favorably to US 
economic and demographic averages.   

(Most recent available statistics) 

Average GDP Growth (Average 2006-2007) 
Unemployment (For January 2009) 
Median Household Income (Average 2007) 
Population Growth (2000-2007) 

Delaware 
(1.6)% 
  6.7% 
$55,988 
10.4% 

National 
Average 
2.0% 
8.1% 
$50,740 
7.2% 

-5- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet Management 

We put a great deal of focus on actively managing our balance sheet.  This management manifests itself in: 

 

 

 

Strong  capital  levels.    Maintaining  strong  capital  levels  is  key  to  our  operating  philosophy.    All  regulatory 
capital levels exceed well-capitalized levels.  Our Tier 1 capital ratio was nearly 10% as of December 31, 2008, 
more than $100 million in excess of the 6% “well-capitalized” level.  Our year end capital ratios do not include 
the  additional  capital  raised  in  January  2009  through  our  participation  in  the  Treasury’s  Capital  Purchase 
Program (described later). 

We maintain discipline around our lending, including planned portfolio diversification.  Additionally, we take a 
proactive approach to identifying trends in our business and lending market and have responded proactively to 
areas  of  concern.    For  instance,  we  have  limited  our  exposure  to  construction  and  land  development  (CLD) 
loans  as  we  anticipated  an  end  to  the  expansion  in  housing  prices.    We  have  also  increased  our  portfolio 
monitoring and reporting sophistication.  We maintain diversification in our loan portfolio to limit our exposure 
to any single type of credit.  Such discipline supplements careful underwriting and the benefits of knowing our 
customers. 

We seek to avoid credit risk in our investment portfolio and use this portion of our balance sheet primarily to 
help us manage liquidity and interest rate risk, while providing some marginal income.  As a result, we have no 
exposure to Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae preferred securities, Trust Preferred securities or any securities backed 
by sub-prime assets.  Our securities purchases have been almost exclusively AAA-rated credits.  To date, we 
have had no other-than-temporary impairment losses to report.   

We have been subject to many of the same pressures facing the banking industry, including an increase in our 
delinquent loans, problem loans and charge-offs from the unsustainably low levels in recent years.  The measures we 
have taken strengthen the Bank’s credit position by diversifying risk and limiting exposure.   

Disciplined and Aggressive Capital Management 

We understand that our capital (or shareholders’ equity) belongs to our shareholders.  They have entrusted this 
capital to us with the expectation that it will be kept safe, but with the equal expectation that it will earn an adequate 
return.  As a result, we prudently but aggressively manage our shareholders’ capital.  It is our intention to return some 
of  our  earnings  to  shareholders  through  share  repurchases,  which  is  now  subject  to  approval  by  the  U.S.  Treasury, 
while maintaining adequate levels of capital.    

Strong Performance Expectations 

We  are  focused  on  high-performing  long  term  financial  goals.    We  define  “high  performing”  as  the  top 
quintile  of  a  relevant  peer  group  in  return  on  assets  (ROA),  return  on  equity  (ROE)  and  earnings  per  share  (EPS) 
growth.    While  industry  headwinds  have  depressed  these  measures  for  the  industry  in  recent  years,  long  term,  we 
believe  these  targets  should  translate  to  approximately  1.5%  ROA,  18%  ROE  and  a  12%  EPS  growth  rate.  
Management incentives are paid, in large part, based on driving performance in these areas.  A “Target” payment level 
is only achieved by reaching performance at the 60th percentile of a peer group of all publicly traded banks and thrifts 
in our size range.  More details on this plan are included in our proxy statement. 

Growth  

Our  successful  long-term  trend  in  lending,  deposit  gathering  and  EPS  have  been  the  result  of  our  focused 
strategy that provides the service and responsiveness of a community bank in a consolidating marketplace.  We will 
continue to grow by: 

-6- 

 
    
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Recruiting and developing talented, service-minded Associates.  We have successfully recruited Associates with 
strong community ties to strengthen our existing markets and provide a strong start in new communities.  We also 
focus efforts on developing talent and leadership in our current Associate base to better equip those Associates for 
their jobs and prepare them for leadership roles at WSFS. 

  Embracing  the  Human  Sigma  concept.    We  are  committed  to  building  Associate  engagement  and  customer 
advocacy as a way to develop our culture and grow our franchise.  We firmly believe franchise and shareholder 
value are directly linked to our Human Sigma model. 

  Continuing strong growth in commercial lending by:  

o  Selectively building a presence in contiguous markets.   
o  Providing  product  solutions  like  Remote  Deposit  Capture  to  facilitate  commercial  banking  outside  of  our 

primary market.   

o  Offering our community banking model that combines Stellar Service with the banking products and services 

our business customers demand.   

  Aggressively  growing  deposits.    In  2003,  we  energized  our  retail  branch  strategy  by  combining  Stellar  Service 
with an expanded and updated branch network.  We have also implemented a number of additional measures to 
accelerate our deposit growth.  We will continue to grow deposits by: 
o  Expanding and renovating our retail branch network. 
o  Further expanding our commercial customer relationships with deposit products.   
o  Finding creative ways to build deposit market share such as hiring deposit-focused relationship managers, and 

targeted marketing programs. 

o  Potential acquisitions such as the branch acquisition we completed in 2008. 

  Growing our wealth management services division by leveraging the strong relationships we have with our current 

customer base and providing unparalleled service to modestly wealthy clients in our market.   

Results 

Our focus on these points of differentiation has allowed us to grow our core franchise and build value for our 
shareholders.      Since  2004,  our  commercial  loans  have  grown  from  $903  million  to  $1.8  billion,  a  strong  18% 
compound annual growth rate (CAGR).  Over the same period, customer deposits have grown from $1.1 billion to $1.7 
billion,  a  13%  CAGR.    More  importantly,  over  the  last  decade,  shareholder  value  has  increased  at  a  far greater rate 
than our banking peers and the market in general, as is evident in the table below.  

-7- 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Cumulative Total Shareholder Return Compared with Performance of 
Selected Indexes 
December 31, 1997 through December 31, 2008 

400

350

300

250

200
150

100

50

0

(50)

19 9 8

19 9 9

2 0 0 0

2 0 0 1 2 0 0 2

2 0 0 3

2 0 0 4

2 0 0 5

2 0 0 6

2 0 0 7

2 0 0 8

WSFS Financial Corporation 

Dow Jones Total Market Index 

Nasdaq Bank Index 

SUBSIDIARIES 

We have two consolidated subsidiaries, WSFS Bank and Montchanin Capital Management, Inc. 

WSFS  Bank  has  one  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  WSFS  Investment  Group,  Inc.,  which  markets  various  third-
party investment and insurance products, such as single-premium annuities, whole life policies and securities primarily 
through the Bank’s retail banking system and directly to the public.   

In  addition,  WSFS  Bank  has  one  majority  owned  subsidiary,  1st  Reverse  Financial  Services,  LLC  (1st 
Reverse).    1st  Reverse,  a  51%  owned  subsidiary,  is  an  Illinois-based  reverse  mortgage  company  that  originates  and 
subsequently sells reverse mortgage loans nationwide. 

Montchanin  Capital  Management,  Inc.  (“Montchanin”)  provides  asset  management  services  in  our  primary 
market area.  Montchanin has one wholly owned subsidiary, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (“Cypress”).  Cypress 
is  a  Wilmington-based  investment  advisory  firm  servicing  high  net-worth  individuals  and  institutions  and  had 
approximately $410 million in assets under management at December 31, 2008. 

DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Condensed average balance sheets for each of the last three years and analyses of net interest income and changes 
in net interest income due to changes in volume and rate are presented in "Results of Operations" included in the section 
entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” 

-8- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES 

At  December  31,  2008,  WSFS’  total  securities  portfolio  had  a  carrying  value  of  $547.9  million.    The 
Company’s strategy has been to avoid credit risk in our securities portfolio.  Therefore, securities purchases have been 
limited to AAA-rated securities, except for $12.4 million in BBB+ rated MBS purchased in conjunction with a 2002 
reverse mortgage securitization. 

  WSFS  owns  no  CDOs,  Bank  Trust  Preferred,  Agency  Preferred  securities  or  equity  securities  in  other  FDIC 

insured banks or thrifts. 
T  

he portfolio is comprised of: 

  $44.6 million in Federal Agency debt securities with a maturity of four years or less.   
  $194.7  million  in  “plain  vanilla”  Agency  MBS.    Of  these,  $103.4  million  are  sequential  pay  CMOs  with  no 

contingent cash flows and $91.3 million are Agency MBS with 10-15 year original final maturities. 

  $292.7 million in Non-Agency MBS.  The quality of this portfolio is evidenced by: 

o  Diversification among more than 75 different pools. 
o 

Significant seasoning, with 85% of underlying loans originated in 2005 or earlier, and 15% originated in 
2006.   

o  Heavy continuing principal amortization, as more than 95% of these bonds were originally 15-year pass-

o 

through cash flows.   
Strong  fundamental  characteristics,  with  an  average  loan-to-value  of  42%  (based  on  scheduled 
amortization  and  initial  appraised  value)  with  an  average  FICO  score  (at  origination)  well  above  700.  
Only 11% of the collateral is classified as Alt-A loans and none are classified as sub-prime. 

Only four of the 75 bonds, with a market value of $11.3 million, were downgraded in 2008.  Based on stress 
tests of these four bonds using proprietary models of two independent companies, management believes the collection 
of the contractual principal and interest is probable and therefore the unrealized losses are considered to be temporary. 

Our short-term investment portfolio is intended to keep the Bank’s funds fully employed at the maximum after-
tax return, while maintaining acceptable credit, market and interest-rate risk limits, and providing needed liquidity under 
current  circumstances.    In  addition,  our  short-term  taxable  investments  provide  collateral  for  various  Bank  obligations.  
Our  short-term  municipal  securities  provide  for  a  portion  of  the  Bank’s  CRA  investment  program.    Amortized  cost  of 
investment  securities  and  short-term  investments  by  category,  stated  in  dollar  amounts  and  as  a  percent  of  total  assets, 
follow: 

2008 

Percent 
        of 

December 31, 

2007 

Percent 
       of 

2006 

        Percent 
       of 

Amount 

Assets  

Amount 

Assets  

Amount 

Assets 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Held-to-Maturity: 

State and political subdivisions....

$   1,181 

  0.1 % 

$   1,516 

  0.1 % 

$   4,219 

  0.1% 

Available-for-Sale: 

Reverse Mortgages.......................
State and political subdivisions....
U.S. Government and agencies ....

Short-term investments: 

Interest-bearing deposits in 
other banks ..................................

   (61) 
    4,020 
  43,778 
  47,737 

- 
0.1 
1.3 
1.4 

    2,037 
    4,115 
  20,477 
  26,629 

0.1 
0.1 
0.6 
0.8 

       598 
    2,785 
  46,920 
  50,303 

   - 
 0.1 
1.6 
1.7 

      216 
$  49,134 

    - 
   1.4% 

      1,078 
$  29,223 

    - 
   0.9% 

      243 
  $ 54,765 

   -   

   1.8% 

-9- 

 
 
 
   
   
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There  were  no  sales  of  investment  securities  classified  as  available-for-sale  during 2008 and 2007.  Municipal 
bonds totaling $440,000 were called by the issuers during 2008.  There were no net losses realized on sales in either 2008 
or 2007.  Proceeds from the sale of investments classified as available-for-sale during 2006 were $11.0 million.  There was 
a net loss of $41,000 realized on sales in 2006.    The cost basis for all investment security sales was based on the specific 
identification method. There were no sales of investment securities classified as held-to-maturity in 2008, 2007 or 2006. 

The following table shows the terms to maturity and related weighted average yields of investment securities and 
short-term  investments  at  December  31,  2008.    Substantially  all  of  the  related  interest  and  dividends  represent  taxable 
income. 

 At December 31, 2008 

 Amount 

Weighted 
Average 
Yield (1) 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

Held-to-Maturity:  

State and political subdivisions (2): 

Within one year .......................................................................................... 
After one but within five years  .................................................................. 
After ten years ............................................................................................ 

Total debt securities, held-to-maturity ................................................................. 

$     -            

       630 
       551 

     1,181 

Available-for-Sale: 

Reverse Mortgages (3): 

Within one year .......................................................................................... 

$      (61) 

State and political subdivisions (2): 

Within one year .......................................................................................... 
After one but within five years  .................................................................. 
After five but within ten years  ................................................................... 

U.S. Government and agencies: 

Within one year .......................................................................................... 
After one but within five years  .................................................................. 

Total debt securities, available-for-sale ............................................................... 

Total debt securities ............................................................................................. 

Short-term investments:  

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks ..................................................... 

Total short-term investments  ............................................................................... 

         855 
      1,890 
     1,275 

      4,020 

$    4,001 
    39,777 

   43,778 

   47,737 

   48,918 

     216 

     216 

$ 49,134 

   - % 
7.53 
5.32 

6.50 

- 

3.85 
4.13 
4.31 

4.13 

4.08 
3.19 

3.27 

3.34 

3.42 

0.30 

0.30 

3.41% 

(1) 

Reverse mortgages have been excluded from weighted average yield calculations because income can vary 
significantly from reporting period to reporting period due to the volatility of factors used to value the portfolio. 

(2)           Yields on state and political subdivisions are not calculated on a tax-equivalent basis since the effect would be              
                immaterial. 
(3) 

Reverse mortgages do not have contractual maturities.  We have included reverse mortgages in maturities within one 
year. 

-10- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
In  addition  to  these  investment  securities,  we  have  maintained  an  investment  portfolio  of  mortgage-backed 
securities, $10.8 million of which is classified as “trading” that are BBB+ rated and were purchased in conjunction with a 
2002  reverse  mortgage  securitization.    At  December  31,  2008,  mortgage-backed  securities  with  a  par  value  of  $314.5 
million  were  pledged  as  collateral  for  retail  customer  repurchase  agreements  and  municipal  deposits.    Accrued  interest 
receivable for mortgage-backed securities was $2.1 million and $2.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 
There  were  no  sales  of  mortgage-backed  securities  available-for-sale  in  2008.    In  2007,  proceeds  from  the  sale  of 
mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale were $2.7 million, resulting in a gain of $82,000. 

The following table shows the amortized cost of mortgage-backed securities and their related weighted average 

contractual rates at the end of the last three fiscal years. 

2008 

December 31, 
2007 

2006 

Amount 

Rate  

Amount 

Rate  

Amount 

Rate 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Available-for-Sale: 

Collateralized mortgage obligations  .................  
FNMA  ..............................................................  
FHLMC  ............................................................  
GNMA ..............................................................  

$ 419,177 
   35,578 
   30,477 
   22,536 
$ 507,768 

    5.48% 
4.19 
4.44 
5.01 
   5.31% 

 $ 407,113 
   35,654 
   31,357 
   15,923 
$ 490,047 

   4.97% 
4.04 
4.31 
4.73 
   4.85% 

$ 424,748 
   42,254 
   31,121 
   19,115 
$ 517,238 

   4.88% 
4.05 
4.29 
4.72 
   4.77% 

Trading: 

Collateralized mortgage obligations ..................  

$  10,816 

   3.47% 

$  12,364 

   7.79% 

$  12,364 

    8.35% 

CREDIT EXTENSION ACTIVITIES 

Over the past several years we have focused on increasing the more profitable segments of our loan portfolio.  
Our current lending activity is concentrated on lending to small-to mid-sized businesses in the mid-Atlantic region of 
the United States primarily in Delaware and contiguous counties in Pennsylvania, Maryland and New Jersey.  In 2004, 
residential first mortgage loans comprised 28.9% of the loan portfolio, while the combination of commercial loans and 
commercial  real  estate  loans  made  up  only  59.0%.    In contrast, at December 31, 2008, residential first loans totaled 
only 17.4%, while commercial loans and commercial real estate loans have increased to a combined total of 71.8% of 
the  loan  portfolio.    Traditionally,  the  majority  of  typical  thrift  institutions’  loan  portfolios  have  consisted  of  first 
mortgage loans on residential properties.   

-11- 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The following table shows the composition of our loan portfolio at year-end for the last five years.  Except as shown below, there are no concentrations of 

loans exceeding 10% of total loans. 

Types of Loans 

Amount 

Percent 

Amount 

Percent 

Amount 

Percent 

Amount 

Percent 

Amount 

Percent 

2008 

2007 

December 31, 
2006 

2005 

2004 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Residential real estate (1)  ...........
Commercial real estate: 
  Commercial mortgage  ..............
  Construction ..............................
    Total commercial real estate ...
Commercial .................................
Consumer ....................................

  $   425,018 

17.4% 

  $   449,853 

20.1% 

$   474,871 

23.5% 

$   457,651 

25.8% 

$   443,023 

28.9% 

558,979 
251,508 
810,487 
942,920 
296,728 

             22.9 
10.3 
             33.2 
38.6 
 12.1 

465,928 
276,939 
742,867 
787,539 
278,272 

            20.9  
12.4  
            33.3  
            35.3  
12.4  

422,089 
241,931 
664,020 
643,918 
263,478 

20.9 
12.0 
32.9 
31.9 
13.0 

410,552 
178,418 
588,970 
508,930 
244,820 

23.1 
10.0 
33.1 
28.7 
13.8 

416,287 
120,604 
536,891 
368,752 
210,959 

27.1
7.9
35.0
24.0
13.7

Gross loans  .................................

$2,475,153 

            101.3 

$2,258,531 

           101.1  

$2,046,287 

101.3 

$1,800,371 

101.4 

$1,559,625 

101.6

Less: 
Deferred fees (unearned income) 
.....................................................
Allowance for loan losses ...........

129
31,189 

               0.0 
1.3 

(701) 
25,252 

               0.0  
1.1 

(838) 
27,384 

0.0 
1.3 

(304) 
25,381 

0.0 
1.4 

(64) 
24,222 

0.0
1.6

Net loans  .....................................

$2,443,835 

100.0% 

$2,233,980 

100.0% 

$2,019,741 

100.0% 

$1,775,294 

100.0% 

$1,535,467 

100.0% 

(1) Includes $2,275, $2,404, $925, $438 and $3,249 of residential mortgage loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. 

-12- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
The following tables show how much time remains until our loans mature.  The first table details the 
total  loan  portfolio  by  type  of  loan.    The  second  table  details  the  total  loan  portfolio  by  loans  with  fixed 
interest rates and loans with adjustable interest rates.  The tables show loans by contractual maturity. Loans 
may be pre-paid so that the actual maturity may be earlier than the contractual maturity. Prepayments tend to 
be  highly  dependent  upon  the  interest  rate  environment.    Loans  having  no  stated  maturity  or  repayment 
schedule are reported in the Less than One Year category. 

Less than 

One Year  

One to 

Over 

Five Years  

Five Years  

Total 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Real estate loans (1) .......................................
Construction loans  .........................................
Commercial loans  ..........................................
Consumer loans  .............................................

Rate sensitivity: 
  Fixed ............................................................
  Adjustable (2)  ..............................................
Gross loans 

$   165,797
189,544
347,146
169,891
$ 872,378

$   86,223
786,155
$ 872,378

$ 307,454
55,702
399,234
54,006
$ 816,396

$ 351,865
464,531
$ 816,396

$ 508,467
6,262
196,540
72,831
$ 784,100

$ 288,423
495,677
$ 784,100

$    981,718
251,508
942,920
296,728
$ 2,472,874

$    726,511
1,746,363
$ 2,472,874

(1)  
(2) 

Includes commercial mortgage loans and does not include loans held-for-sale. 
Includes hybrid adjustable rate mortgages. 

Residential Real Estate Lending.   

 We generally originate residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 80% and require 
private mortgage insurance for up to 30% of the mortgage amount for mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios 
exceeding 80%. We do not have any significant concentrations of such insurance with any one insurer. On a 
limited  basis,  we  originate  or  purchase  loans  with  loan-to-value  ratios  exceeding  80%  without  a  private 
mortgage insurance requirement. At December 31, 2008, the balance of all such loans was approximately $4.2 
million.  

Generally,  our  residential  mortgage  loans  are  underwritten  and  documented  in  accordance  with 
standard  underwriting  criteria  published  by  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  (“FHLMC”)  to 
assure maximum eligibility for subsequent sale in the secondary market.  We sell only those loans that are 
originated specifically with the intention to sell.   

To protect the propriety of our liens, we require that title insurance be obtained.  We also require fire 
and  extended  coverage  casualty  insurance  for  properties  securing  residential  loans.  All  properties  securing 
residential loans made by us are appraised by independent, licensed and certified appraisers selected by us and 
are subject to review in accordance with our standards. 

The majority of our adjustable-rate, residential real estate loans have interest rates that adjust yearly 
after an initial period. Typically, the change in rate is limited to two percentage points at the adjustment date. 
Adjustments  are  generally  based  upon  a  margin  (currently  2.75%)  over  the  weekly  average  yield  on  U.S. 
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity, as published by the Federal Reserve Board. 

Generally,  the  maximum  rate  on  these  loans  is  up  to  six  percent  above  the  initial  interest  rate.  We 
underwrite  adjustable-rate  loans  under  standards  consistent  with  private  mortgage  insurance  and  secondary 
market  criteria.  We  do  not  originate  adjustable-rate  mortgages  with  payment  limitations  that  could  produce 

-13- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
negative amortization. Consistent with industry practice in our market area, we typically originate adjustable-
rate mortgage loans with discounted initial interest rates.  

The  retention  of  adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans  in  our  loan  portfolio  helps  mitigate  our  risk  to 
changes in interest rates. However, there are unquantifiable credit risks resulting from potential increased costs 
to  the  borrower  as  a  result  of  repricing  adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans.  It  is  possible  that  during  periods  of 
rising  interest  rates,  the  risk  of  default  on  adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans  may  increase  due  to  the  upward 
adjustment  of  interest  costs  to  the  borrower.  Further,  although  adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans  allow  us  to 
increase  the  sensitivity  of  our  asset  base  to  changes  in  interest  rates,  the  extent  of  this  interest  sensitivity  is 
limited  by  the  periodic  and  lifetime  interest  rate  adjustment  limitations.  Accordingly,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that yields on our adjustable-rate mortgages will adjust sufficiently to compensate for increases to 
our cost of funds during periods of extreme interest rate increases.  

The original contractual loan payment period for residential loans is normally 10 to 30 years. Because 
borrowers may refinance or prepay their loans without penalty, these loans tend to remain outstanding for a 
substantially  shorter  period  of  time.  First  mortgage  loans  customarily  include  "due-on-sale"  clauses  on 
adjustable-  and  fixed-rate  loans.  This  provision  gives  us  the  right  to  declare  a  loan  immediately  due  and 
payable in the event the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property subject to the mortgage. Due-
on-sale clauses are an important means of adjusting the rate on existing fixed-rate mortgage loans to current 
market  rates.  We  enforce  due-on-sale  clauses  through  foreclosure  and  other  legal  proceedings  to  the  extent 
available under applicable laws.  

In  general,  loans  are  sold  without  recourse  except  for  the  repurchase  arising  from  standard  contract 
provisions covering violation of representations and warranties or, under certain investor contracts, a default 
by the borrower on the first payment.  We also have limited recourse exposure under certain investor contracts 
in  the  event  a  borrower  prepays  a  loan  in  total  within  a  specified  period  after  sale,  typically  one  year.  The 
recourse is limited to a pro rata portion of the premium paid by the investor for that loan, less any prepayment 
penalty collectible from the borrower. 

We  have  a  very  limited  amount  of  subprime  loans,  $16.9  million,  at  December  31,  2008  (0.7%  of 
loans), many originated in 2003, and no negative amortizing loans or interest only loans.  Subprime mortgage 
delinquencies  of  3.20%  in  our  small  portfolio  are  a  fraction  of  the  national  average  of  20.47%,  due  to  our 
underwriting and the seasoning of these loans.    

Commercial Real Estate, Construction and Commercial Lending.   

Federal savings banks are generally permitted to invest up to 400% of their total regulatory capital in 
nonresidential real estate loans and up to 20% of its assets in commercial loans. As a federal savings bank that 
was formerly chartered as a Delaware savings bank, we have certain additional lending authority. 

We offer commercial real estate mortgage loans on multi-family properties and other commercial real 

estate. Generally, loan-to-value ratios for these loans do not exceed 80% of appraised value at origination.  

We  offer  commercial  construction  loans  to  developers.    In  some  cases  these  loans  are  made  as 
"construction/permanent"  loans,  which  provides  for  disbursement  of  loan  funds  during  construction  and 
automatic  conversion  to  mini-permanent  loans  (1-5  years)  upon  completion  of  construction.  These 
construction loans are made on a short-term basis, usually not exceeding two years, with interest rates indexed 
to our prime rate or London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), in most cases, and adjusted periodically as 
these rates change. The loan appraisal process includes the same evaluation criteria as required for permanent 
mortgage  loans,  but  also  takes  into  consideration:  completed  plans,  specifications,  comparables  and  cost 
estimates. Prior to approval of the credit, these items are used as a basis to determine the appraised value of the 
subject property when completed. Our policy requires that all appraisals be reviewed independently from our 

-14- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
commercial  lending  staff.  Generally,  at  origination,  the  loan-to-value  ratios  for  construction  loans  do  not 
exceed 75%. The initial interest rate on the permanent portion of the financing is determined by the prevailing 
market  rate  at  the  time  of  conversion  to  the  permanent  loan.  At  December  31,  2008,  $459.8  million  was 
committed for construction loans, of which $251.5 million was outstanding.  

The  remainder  of  our  commercial  lending  includes  loans  for  working  capital,  financing  equipment 
acquisitions, business expansion and other business purposes. These loans generally range in amounts up to 
$10 million, and their terms range from less than one year to seven years. The loans generally carry variable 
interest rates indexed to our prime rate or LIBOR, at the time of closing. We have no loans to any one industry 
with a concentration greater than 10.0% (Health Care and Social Assistance).   

Commercial,  commercial  mortgage  and  construction  lending  have  a  higher  level  of  risk  than 
residential  mortgage  lending.  These  loans  typically  involve  larger  loan  balances  concentrated  with  single 
borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment experience on loans secured by income-
producing properties is typically dependent on the successful operation of the related real estate project and 
may be more subject to adverse conditions in the commercial real estate market or in the economy generally. 
The  majority  of  our  commercial  and  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  concentrated  in  Delaware  and 
surrounding areas.  

Construction loans involve additional risk because loan funds are advanced as construction projects 
progress. The valuation of the underlying collateral can be difficult to quantify prior to the completion of the 
construction. This is due to uncertainties inherent in construction such as changing construction costs, delays 
arising from labor or material shortages and other unpredictable contingencies. We attempt to mitigate these 
risks and plan for these contingencies through additional analysis and monitoring of our construction projects. 
 Construction loans receive independent inspections prior to disbursement of funds. 

As  of  December  31,  2008,  our  construction  and  land  development  (CLD)  loans  represented  $229 
million,  or  only  9.2%  of  our  loan  portfolio.    Residential  CLD,  one  of  the  hardest  hit  sectors  in  today’s 
economy,  represents  only  $142  million  or  5.7%  of  the  loan  portfolio.    Our  average  residential  CLD  loan  is 
$1.4 million.  Only eight of our residential CLD loans exceeded $5 million in outstandings.  We currently limit 
 each  category  to  8%  of  total  loans.    Our  largest  geographic  concentration  (Sussex  County,  Delaware) 
represents only $40 million. 

Only  four  commercial  relationships  have  outstandings  in  excess  of  $20  million  and  each  of  these 

relationships is collateralized by real estate or US Treasury securities. 

Land loans were $114 million at December 31, 2008 including $44 million of “land held” loans which 

are land loans not currently being developed.                                                         

Federal law limits the extensions of credit to any one borrower to 15% of unimpaired capital, or 25% 
if the difference is secured by readily marketable collateral having a market value that can be determined by 
reliable and continually available pricing. Extensions of credit include outstanding loans as well as contractual 
commitments  to  advance  funds,  such  as  standby  letters  of  credit,  but  do  not  include  unfunded  loan 
commitments.  At December 31, 2008, no borrower had collective outstandings exceeding these limits.  

-15- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Lending.   

Our primary consumer credit products are home equity lines of credit and equity-secured installment 
loans.  At  December  31,  2008,  home  equity  lines  of  credit  totaled  $142.9  million  and  equity-secured 
installment loans totaled $131.6 million.  In total these product lines represent 93% of total consumer loans.  
Some home equity products granted a borrower credit availability of up to 100% of the appraised value (net of 
any senior mortgages) of their residence. Maximum LTV limits were reduced to 80% as of November 2008.  
At December 31, 2008, we had extended $248.6 million in home equity lines of credit. Home equity lines of 
credit offer customers with potential Federal income tax advantages, the convenience of checkbook access and 
revolving credit features and are typically more attractive in the current low interest rate environment. Home 
equity  lines  of  credit  expose  us  to  the  risk  that  falling  collateral  values  may  leave  us  inadequately  secured, 
while the risk on products like home equity loans is mitigated as they amortize over time.   

Prior to 2008, we had not observed any significant adverse experience on home equity lines of credit 
or equity-secured installment loans but delinquencies and net charge-offs on these products increased in 2008, 
mainly as a result of the deteriorating economy and declining home values.  During 2008 we also increased 
our loan loss reserves related to consumer loans.    

-16- 

 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows our consumer loans at year-end, for the last five years. 

2008 

2007 

December 31, 
2006 

2005 

2004 

Amount 

Percent 

Amount 

Percent 

Amount 

Percent 

Amount 

Percent 

Amount 

Percent 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Equity secured installment loans ..... 
Home equity lines of credit  ............. 
Automobile  ...................................... 
Unsecured lines of credit  ................. 
Other  ................................................ 

$ 131,550 
   142,949 
      1,134 
       5,508 
     15,587 

   44.3% 
48.2 
0.4 
1.9 
5.2 

$ 147,551 
   108,873 
      1,159 
       5,011 
     15,678 

  53.0% 
39.1 
0.4 
1.8 
5.7 

$ 141,708 
   100,981 
       1,702 
       8,947 
     10,140 

   53.8% 
38.3 
0.7 
3.4 
3.8 

$ 136,721 
     87,503 
       2,616 
       8,780 
       9,200 

   55.8% 
35.7 
 1.1 
 3.6 
 3.8 

$ 131,935 
     56,755 
       5,126 
       9,338 
       7,805 

   62.6% 
26.9 
 2.4 
 4.4 
 3.7 

Total consumer loans ....................... 

$ 296,728 

  100% 

$ 278,272 

  100% 

$ 263,478 

  100.0% 

$ 244,820 

  100.0% 

$ 210,959 

  100.0% 

-17- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Originations, Purchase and Sales.  

We have engaged in traditional lending activities primarily in Delaware and contiguous areas of neighboring 
states. As a federal savings bank, however, we may originate, purchase and sell loans throughout the United States. We 
have  purchased  limited  amounts  of  loans  from  outside  our  normal  lending  area  when  such  purchases  are  deemed 
appropriate.  We  originate  fixed-rate  and  adjustable-rate  residential  real  estate  loans  through  our  banking  offices.  In 
addition, we have established relationships with correspondent banks and mortgage brokers to originate loans.  

During 2008, we originated $435 million of residential real estate loans. This compares to originations of $671 
million  in  2007.  From  time  to  time,  we  have  purchased  whole  loans  and  loan  participations  in  accordance  with  our 
ongoing asset and liability management objectives. Purchases of residential real estate loans from correspondents and 
brokers  primarily  in  the  mid-Atlantic  region  totaled  $27.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  and  $53.0 
million  for  2007.    Residential  real  estate  loan  sales  totaled  $30  million  in  2008,  $26.0  million  in  2007  and  $33.0 
million  in  2006.    We  sell  certain  newly  originated  mortgage  loans  in  the  secondary  market  primarily  to  control  the 
interest  rate  sensitivity  of  our  balance  sheet  and  to  manage  overall  balance  sheet  mix.  We  hold  certain  fixed-rate 
mortgage loans for investment consistent with our current asset/liability management strategies. 

Our residential real estate portfolio includes only $16.9 million of sub-prime mortgage loans (less than 1% of our 
loan portfolio).  Most of our subprime portfolio is well seasoned as is evidenced by our low charge-offs and delinquency 
ratios.  Of these loans $368,000 were in nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2008.  Net charge offs in this portfolio for 
the year were minimal at $32,000 or 19 basis points.   

At  December  31,  2008,  we  serviced  approximately  $269  million  of  residential  mortgage  loans  for  others 
compared  to  $255  million  at  December  31,  2007.  We  also  service  residential  mortgage  loans  for  our  own  portfolio 
totaling $423 million and $447 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  

We  originate  commercial  real  estate  and  commercial  loans  through  our  commercial  lending  division. 
Commercial  loans  are  made  for  working  capital,  financing  equipment  acquisitions,  business  expansion    and  other 
business purposes. During 2008, we originated $870 million of commercial and commercial real estate loans compared 
with $908 million in 2007. To reduce our exposure on certain types of these loans, or to maintain relationships within 
internal lending limits, at times we will sell a portion of our commercial real estate loan portfolio, typically through 
loan  participations.    Commercial  real  estate  loan  sales  totaled  $39.3  million  and  $19.3  million  in  2008  and  2007, 
respectively.  These amounts represent gross contract amounts and do not reflect amounts outstanding on those loans. 

Our  consumer  lending  activity  is  conducted  through  our  branch  offices,  through  correspondent  banks  and 
mortgage brokers. We originate a variety of consumer credit products including home improvement loans, home equity 
lines of credit, automobile loans, unsecured lines of credit and other secured and unsecured personal installment loans. 
During 2008, consumer loan originations amounted to $19.3 million compared to $19.0 million in 2007. 

During  2006,  we  formed  a  new  reverse  mortgage  initiative  under  the  Bank’s  retail  leadership.    While  the 
Bank’s activity during 2008 has been limited to acting as a correspondent for these loans, our intention is to originate 
and underwrite our own reverse mortgages in the future.  We expect to sell most of these loans and not hold them in 
our portfolio.  These reverse mortgages are government approved and insured. 

During  2008,  we  acquired  a  majority  interest  in  1st  Reverse  Financial  Services,  LLC  (1st  Reverse),  which 
specializes  in  originating  and  subsequently  selling  reverse  mortgage  loans  nationwide.  These  reverse  mortgages  are 
government approved and insured.   

All loans to one borrowing relationship exceeding $3.5 million must be approved by the Senior Management 
Loan Committee (“SLC”). The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors (“EC”) reviews the minutes of the SLC 
meetings.  They also approve individual loans exceeding $5 million for customers with less than one year of significant 
loan history with the Bank and loans in excess of $7.5 million for customers with established borrowing relationships.  
Depending  upon  their  experience  and  management  position,  individual  officers  of  the  Bank  have  the  authority  to 

-18- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
approve  smaller  loan  amounts.    Our  credit  policy  includes  a  “House  Limit”  to  one  borrowing  relationship  of  $20 
million.  In extraordinary circumstances, we will approve exceptions to the “House Limit”.  The largest is a borrowing 
relationship of $34.3 million, which the EC approved.  This borrowing is secured by U.S. Treasury securities which 
have a value at maturity equal to or exceeding the aggregate loan principal.   

Fee Income from Lending Activities.  

We earn fee income from lending activities, including fees for originating loans, servicing loans and selling 
loan  participations.    We  also  receive  fee  income  for  making  commitments  to  originate  construction,  residential  and 
commercial real estate loans. Additionally, we collect fees related to existing loans which include prepayment charges, 
late charges and assumption fees. 

We charge fees for making loan commitments.  Also as part of the loan application process, the borrower may 

pay us for out-of-pocket costs to review the application, whether or not the loan is closed.  

Most loan fees are not recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations immediately, but are deferred 
as adjustments of yield in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and are reflected in interest 
income. Those fees represented interest income of $1.1 million, $124,000, and $425,000 during 2008, 2007, and 2006, 
respectively.  The increase in fee income in 2008 was mainly the result of several large prepayment penalties received 
during the year.  Loan fees other than those considered adjustments of yield (such as late charges) are reported as loan 
fee income, a component of noninterest income.  

LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE, PROBLEM ASSETS AND DELINQUENCIES 

Our results of operations can be negatively impacted by nonperforming assets, which include nonaccruing loans, 
nonperforming real estate investments and assets acquired through foreclosure.  Nonaccruing loans are those on which the 
accrual  of  interest  has  ceased.    Loans  are  placed  on  nonaccrual  status  immediately  if,  in  the  opinion  of  management, 
collection  is  doubtful,  or  when  principal  or  interest  is  past  due  90  days  or  more  and  collateral  is  insufficient  to  cover 
principal and interest. Interest accrued, but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, is reversed and 
charged against interest income.  In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed 
on  nonaccrual  status.  Subsequent  cash  receipts  are  applied  either  to  the  outstanding  principal  balance  or  recorded  as 
interest income, depending on management's assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest.   

We  endeavor  to  manage  our  portfolio  to  identify  problem  loans  as  promptly  as  possible  and  take  immediate 
actions to minimize losses.  To accomplish this, our Risk Management Department monitors the asset quality of our loan 
and investment in real estate portfolios and reports such information to the Credit Policy Committee, the Audit Committee 
of the Board of Directors and the Bank’s Controller’s Department.   

SOURCES OF FUNDS 

We  manage  our  liquidity  risk  and  funding  needs  through  our  treasury  function  and  our  Asset/Liability 
Committee.    Historically,  we  have  had  success  in  growing  our  loan  portfolio.    For  example,  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2008, net loan growth resulted in the net use of $236.7 million in cash.  The loan growth was primarily 
the result of our continued success in increasing corporate and small business lending.  Management expects this trend 
to continue.  While our loan-to-deposit ratio has been well above 100% for many years, management has significant 
experience managing its funding needs through borrowings and deposit growth.   

As a financial institution, we have ready access to several sources of funding.  Among these are: 

  Deposit growth 
  Brokered deposits 

-19- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Borrowing from the FHLB 
  Fed Discount Window access 
  Other borrowings such as repurchase agreements 
  Cash flow from securities and loan sales and repayments 
  Net income. 

Our  current  branch  expansion  and  renovation  program  is  focused  on  expanding  our  retail  footprint  in 
Delaware  and  attracting  new  customers  to  provide  additional  deposit  growth.    Customer  deposit  growth  was  strong, 
equaling $227.9 million, or 15%, between December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008.  During 2008 we acquired six 
Delaware branches from Sun National Bank, including $95.3 million in customer deposit accounts.   

Deposits.    We  offer  various  deposit  programs  to  our  customers,  including  savings  accounts,  demand  deposits, 
interest-bearing  demand  deposits,  money  market  deposit  accounts  and  certificates  of  deposits.    In  addition,  we  accept 
“jumbo”  certificates  of  deposit  with  balances  in  excess  of  $100,000  from  individuals,  businesses  and  municipalities  in 
Delaware.   

WSFS is the second largest independent full service banking institution headquartered and operating in Delaware. 
The Bank primarily attracts deposits through its system of 35 retail banking offices (as of December 31, 2008).  Twenty -
four  banking  offices  were  located  in  northern  Delaware's  New  Castle  County,  WSFS’  primary  market.    These  banking 
offices  maintain  approximately  156,000  total  account  relationships  with  approximately  60,000  total  households.    Four 
banking offices are located in central Delaware’s Kent County, two of which are in the state capital, Dover.  Four banking 
offices  are  located  in  Delaware’s  Sussex  County  and  three  other  banking  offices  are  located  in  nearby  southeastern 
Pennsylvania. 

The following table shows the maturity of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2008: 

Maturity Period 

Less than 3 months.....................................  
Over 3 months to 6 months ........................  
Over 6 months to 12 months ......................  
Over 12 months..........................................  

December 31, 
        2008          
(In Thousands) 

$104,129 
    70,890 
    73,731 
    50,921 
       $299,671 

Borrowings.  We utilize the following borrowing sources to fund operations: 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances 

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, we are able to obtain Federal Home Loan Bank 
(“FHLB”) advances.  Advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh had rates ranging from 0.57% to 5.45% at December 31, 
2008.  Pursuant to collateral agreements with the FHLB, the advances are secured by qualifying first mortgage loans, 
qualifying fixed-income securities, FHLB stock and an interest-bearing demand deposit account with the FHLB.  We 
are  required  to  acquire  and  hold  shares  of  capital  stock  in  the  FHLB  of  Pittsburgh  in  an  amount  at  least  equal  to 
4.65% of its borrowings from them, plus 0.65% of our unused borrowing capacity.  As of December 31, 2008, our 
FHLB stock investment totaled $39.3 million. 

-20- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2008 we had $816.0 million in FHLB advances.  Eight advances are outstanding at December 
31, 2008 totaling $180.0 million, with a weighted average rate of 4.37% maturing in 2009 and beyond.  At the discretion 
of the FHLB, theses eight advances are convertible quarterly to a variable rate advance based upon a three-month LIBOR 
rate,  after  an  initial  fixed  term.    If  any  of  these  advances  convert,  we  have  the  option  to  prepay  these  advances  at 
predetermined times or rates. 

In  December  2008,  the  FHLB  of  Pittsburgh  announced  the  suspension  of  both  dividend  payments  and  the 
repurchase of capital stock until such time as it becomes prudent to reinstate both.  During 2008 we received $1.5 million 
in dividends from the FHLB of Pittsburgh. 

 Trust Preferred Borrowings 

In  2005,  we  issued  $67.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Pooled  Floating  Rate  Securities  at  a  variable 
interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate.  The proceeds from this issuance were used to fund the 
redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate Capital Trust I Preferred Securities which had a variable interest rate of 250 
basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate.   

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 

During  2008,  we  purchased  federal  funds  as  a  short-term  funding  source.    At  December  31,  2008,  we  had 
purchased $50.0 million in federal funds at a rate of 0.38%.  At December 31, 2007, we also had $50.0 million in federal 
funds purchased. 

During  2008,  we  sold  securities  under  agreements  to  repurchase  as  a  funding  source.  At December 31, 2008, 
securities sold under agreements to repurchase had a fixed rate of 4.87%.  The underlying securities are mortgage-backed 
securities with a book value of $29.5 million at December 31, 2008. 

PERSONNEL 

As of December 31, 2008 we had 633 full-time equivalent Associates (employees).  The Associates are not 
represented by a collective bargaining unit.  Management believes its relationship with its Associates is very good. 

REGULATION 

Regulation of the Corporation 

General.    We  are  a  registered  savings  and  loan  holding  company  and  are  subject  to  the  regulation, 
examination, supervision and reporting requirements of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”).  We are also a 
registered  public  company  subject  to  the  reporting  requirements  of  the  United  States  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission.    The  filings  we  make  with  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  including  Annual  Reports  on 
Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, 
are available on the investor relations page of our website at www.wsfsbank.com.   

Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002.    The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC") has promulgated new 
regulations  pursuant  to  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  (the  “Act”)  and  may  continue  to  propose  additional 
implementing  or  clarifying  regulations  as  necessary  in  furtherance  of  the  Act.    The  passage  of  the  Act  and  the 
regulations implemented by the SEC subject publicly-traded companies to additional and more cumbersome reporting 
regulations and disclosure.  Compliance with the Act and corresponding regulations has increased our expenses. 

Restrictions  on  Acquisitions.  A  savings  and  loan  holding  company  must  obtain  the  prior  approval  of  the 
Director of OTS before acquiring (i) control of any other savings association or savings and loan holding company or 

-21- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
substantially  all  the  assets  thereof,  or  (ii)  more  than  5%  of  the  voting  shares  of  a  savings  association  or  holding 
company  thereof  which  is  not  a  subsidiary.    Except  with  the  prior  approval  of  the  Director  of  OTS,  no  director  or 
officer of a savings and loan holding company or person owning or controlling by proxy or otherwise more than 25% 
of  such  company's  stock,  may  also  acquire  control  of  any  savings  association,  other  than  a  subsidiary  savings 
association, or of any other savings and loan holding company.  

The  OTS  may  only  approve  acquisitions  resulting  in  the  formation  of  a  multiple  savings  and  loan  holding 
company  which  controls  savings  associations  in  more  than  one  state  if:  (i)  the  company involved controls a savings 
institution which operated a home or branch office in the state of the association to be acquired as of March 5, 1987; 
(ii)  the  acquirer  is  authorized  to  acquire  control  of  the  savings  association  pursuant  to  the  emergency  acquisition 
provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or (iii) the statutes of the state in which the association to be acquired 
is  located  specifically  permit  institutions  to  be  acquired  by  state-chartered  associations  or  savings  and  loan  holding 
companies located in the state where the acquiring entity is located (or by a holding company that controls such state-
chartered savings institutions). The laws of Delaware do not specifically authorize out-of-state savings associations or 
their holding companies to acquire Delaware-chartered savings associations.  

The statutory restrictions on the formation of interstate multiple holding companies would not prevent us from 
entering into other states by mergers or branching. OTS regulations permit federal associations to branch in any state or 
states  of  the  United  States  and  its  territories.  Except  in  supervisory  cases  or  when  interstate  branching  is  otherwise 
permitted by state law or other statutory provision, a federal association may not establish an out-of-state branch unless 
the federal association qualifies as a "domestic building and loan association" under Section 7701(a)(19) of the Internal 
Revenue Code or as a "qualified thrift lender" under the Home Owners' Loan Act and the total assets attributable to all 
branches  of  the  association  in  the  state  would  qualify  such  branches  taken  as  a  whole  for  treatment  as  a  domestic 
building and loan association or qualified thrift lender. Federal associations generally may not establish new branches 
unless  the  association  meets  or  exceeds  minimum  regulatory  capital  requirements.  The  OTS  will  also  consider  the 
association's  record  of  compliance  with  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  of  1977  in  connection  with  any  branch 
application.  

Recent  Legislative  and  Regulatory  Initiatives  to  Address  the  Current  Financial  and  Economic  Crisis.   

Congress, the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) and the federal banking regulators, including the 
FDIC,  have  taken  broad  action  since  early  September 2008  to  address  volatility  in  the  U.S.  banking  system  and 
financial markets.  See “Recent Legislation” under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations for further discussion.     

Regulation of WSFS Bank 

General. As a federally chartered savings institution, the Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Office 
of  Thrift  Supervision.  The  lending  activities  and  other  investments  of  the  Bank  must  comply  with  various  federal 
regulatory requirements. The OTS periodically examines the Bank for compliance with regulatory requirements. The 
FDIC  also  has  the  authority  to  conduct  special  examinations  of  the  Bank.  The  Bank  must  file  reports  with  the  OTS 
describing its activities and financial condition. The Bank is also subject to certain reserve requirements promulgated 
by the Federal Reserve Board.  

Transactions  with  Affiliates;  Tying  Arrangements.  The  Bank  is  subject  to  certain  restrictions  in  its 
dealings with us and our affiliates.  Transactions between savings associations and any affiliate are governed by 
Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a savings association, generally, is any company 
or entity which controls or is under common control with the savings association or any subsidiary of the savings 
association that is a bank or savings association.  In a holding company context, the parent holding company of a 
savings  association  (such  as  “WSFS  Financial  Corporation”)  and  any  companies  which  are  controlled  by  such 
parent  holding  company  are  affiliates  of  the  savings  association.  Generally,  Sections  23A  and  23B  (i)  limit the 
extent  to  which  the  savings  institution  or  its  subsidiaries  may  engage  in  "covered  transactions"  with  any  one 
affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such institution's capital stock and surplus, and limit the aggregate of all 

-22- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus and (ii) require 
that  all  such  transactions  be  on  terms  substantially  the  same,  or  at  least  as  favorable,  to  the  institution  or 
subsidiary  as  those  provided  to  a  non-affiliate.  The  term  "covered  transaction"  includes  the  making  of  loans, 
purchase  of  assets,  issuance  of  a  guarantee  and  similar  types  of  transactions.  In  addition  to  the  restrictions 
imposed by Sections 23A and 23B, no savings association may (i) lend or otherwise extend credit to an affiliate 
that engages in any activity impermissible for bank holding companies, or (ii) purchase or invest in any stocks, 
bonds, debentures, notes or similar obligations of any affiliate, except for affiliates which are subsidiaries of the 
savings association. Savings associations are also prohibited from extending credit, offering services, or fixing or 
varying the consideration for any extension of credit or service on the condition that the customer obtain some 
additional  service  from  the  institution  or  certain  of  its  affiliates  or  that  the  customer  not obtain services from a 
competitor of the institution, subject to certain limited exceptions. 

Regulatory  Capital  Requirements.  Under  OTS  capital  regulations,  savings  institutions  must  maintain 
"tangible" capital equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets, "Tier 1" or "core" capital equal to 4% of adjusted total assets 
(or 3% if the institution is rated composite 1 under the OTS examiner rating system), and "total" capital (a combination 
of core and "supplementary" capital) equal to 8% of risk-weighted assets. In addition, OTS regulations impose certain 
restrictions  on  savings  associations  that  have  a  total  risk-based  capital  ratio  that  is  less  than  8.0%,  a  ratio  of  Tier  1 
capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 4.0% or a ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets of less than 4.0% (or 
3.0%  if  the  institution  is  rated  Composite  1  under  the  OTS  examination  rating  system).  For  purposes  of  these 
regulations, Tier 1 capital has the same definition as core capital.  

The  OTS  capital  rule  defines  Tier  1  or  core  capital  as  common  stockholders'  equity  (including  retained 
earnings),  noncumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock  and  related  surplus,  minority  interests  in  the  equity  accounts  of 
fully  consolidated  subsidiaries,  certain  nonwithdrawable  accounts  and  pledged  deposits  of  mutual  institutions  and 
"qualifying supervisory goodwill," less intangible assets other than certain supervisory goodwill and, subject to certain 
limitations,  mortgage  and  non-mortgage  servicing  rights,  purchased  credit  card  relationships  and  credit-enhancing 
interest  only  strips.  Tangible  capital  is  given  the  same  definition  as  core  capital  but  does  not  include  qualifying 
supervisory goodwill and is reduced by the amount of all the savings institution's intangible assets except for limited 
amounts of mortgage servicing assets. The OTS capital rule requires that core and tangible capital be reduced by an 
amount  equal  to  a  savings  institution's  debt  and  equity  investments  in  "non-includable"  subsidiaries  engaged  in 
activities  not  permissible  to  national  banks,  other  than  subsidiaries  engaged  in  activities  undertaken  as  agent  for 
customers  or  in  mortgage  banking  activities  and  subsidiary  depository  institutions  or  their  holding  companies.    At 
December 31, 2008, the Bank was in compliance with both the core and tangible capital requirements.  

The  risk  weights  assigned  by  the  OTS  risk-based  capital  regulation  range  from  0%  for  cash  and  U.S. 
government securities to 100% for consumer and commercial loans, non-qualifying mortgage loans, property acquired 
through foreclosure, assets more than 90 days past due and other assets.  In determining compliance with the risk-based 
capital requirement, a savings institution may include both core capital and supplementary capital in its total capital, 
provided  the  amount  of  supplementary  capital  included  does  not  exceed  the  savings  institution's  core  capital. 
Supplementary  capital  is  defined  to  include  certain  preferred  stock  issues,  non-withdrawable  accounts  and  pledged 
deposits  that  do  not  qualify  as  core  capital,  certain  approved  subordinated  debt,  certain  other  capital  instruments, 
general loan loss allowances up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-
sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values.  Total capital is reduced by the amount of the institution’s 
reciprocal  holdings  of  depository  institution  capital  instruments  and  all  equity  investments.  At  December  31,  2007, 
WSFS Bank was in compliance with the OTS risk-based capital requirements.  

Dividend  Restrictions.  As  the  subsidiary  of  a  savings  and  loan  holding  company,  WSFS  bank  must  submit 
notice  to  the  OTS  prior  to  making  any  capital  distribution  (which  includes  cash  dividends  and  payments  to 
shareholders of another institution in a cash merger).  In addition, a savings association must make application to the 
OTS to pay a capital distribution if (x) the association would not be adequately capitalized following the distribution, 
(y) the association's total distributions for the calendar year exceeds the association's net income for the calendar year 

-23- 

 
 
 
 
 
to  date  plus  its  net  income  (less  distributions)  for  the  preceding  two  years,  or  (z)  the  distribution  would  otherwise 
violate applicable law or regulation or an agreement with or condition imposed by the OTS.  

Insurance of Deposit Accounts.  The Bank’s deposits are insured to applicable limits by the FDIC (“Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation”).  Although the FDIC is authorized to assess premiums under a risk-based system for 
such deposit insurance, most insured depository institutions have not been required to pay premiums for the last ten 
years.  The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the "Reform Act"), which was signed into law on February 
15,  2006,  resulted  in  significant  changes  to  the  federal  deposit  insurance  program:  (i)  effective  March  31,  2006,  the 
Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund were merged into a new combined fund, called the 
Deposit  Insurance  Fund  (“DIF”);  (ii)  the  current  $100,000  deposit  insurance  coverage  will  be  indexed  for  inflation 
(with adjustments every five years, commencing January 1, 2011); and (iii) deposit insurance coverage for retirement 
accounts  was  increased  to  $250,000  per  participant  subject  to  adjustment  for  inflation.    In  addition,  the  Reform  Act 
gave the FDIC greater latitude in setting the assessment rates for insured depository institutions, which could be used 
to impose minimum assessments. 

Due  to  the  recent  difficult  economic  conditions,  deposit  insurance  per  account  owner  has  been  raised  to 
$250,000  for  all  types  of  accounts  until  January  1,  2010.  In  addition,  the  FDIC  adopted  an  optional  Temporary 
Liquidity  Guarantee  Program  by  which,  for  a  fee,  noninterest  bearing  transaction  accounts  would  receive  unlimited 
insurance  coverage  until  December  31,  2009  and,  for  a  fee,  certain  senior  unsecured  debt  issued  by  institutions  and 
their holding companies between October 13, 2008 and June 30, 2009 would be guaranteed by the FDIC through June 
30, 2012. The Bank made the business decision to participate in the unlimited noninterest bearing transaction account 
coverage  and  the  Bank  and  the  Company  elected  to  participate  in  the  unsecured  debt  guarantee  program.  The 
assessments  for  unlimited  noninterest  bearing  transaction  account  coverage  will  total  10  basis  points  per  $100  of 
insured  deposits  during  2009.  The  assessments  for  unsecured  debt  guarantee  program  coverage  will  total  75  basis 
points per $100 of insured deposits during 2009. 

The FDIC is authorized to set the reserve ratio for the DIF annually at between 1.15% and 1.5% of estimated 
insured deposits.  If the DIF's reserves exceed the designated reserve ratio, the FDIC is required to pay out all or, if the 
reserve  ratio  is  less  than  1.5%,  a  portion  of  the  excess  as  a  dividend  to  insured  depository  institutions  based  on  the 
percentage  of  insured  deposits  held  on  December  31,  1996  adjusted  for  subsequently  paid  premiums.    Insured 
depository institutions that were in existence on December 31, 1996 and paid assessments prior to that date (or their 
successors)  were  entitled  to  a  one-time  credit  against  future  assessments  based  on  the  amount  of  their  assessable 
deposits on that date.  During 2008 we were able to offset $330,000 of our deposit insurance premium.  We have no 
remaining credits available to offset our deposit insurance premiums for 2009.   

Pursuant to the Reform Act, the FDIC has maintained the designated reserve ratio at 1.25%.  The FDIC has 
also adopted a new risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments based on an insured institution's 
ranking in one of four risk categories based on their examination ratings and capital ratios.  Beginning in 2007, well-
capitalized institutions with a CAMELS (“Capital, Assets, Management, Earnings, Liquidity and Sensitivity to market 
risk”) rating of 1 or 2 will be grouped in Risk Category I and will be assessed for deposit insurance at an annual rate of 
between five and seven basis points, with the assessment rate for an individual institution to be determined according 
to a formula based on a weighted average of the institution's individual CAMEL component ratings, plus either five 
financial  ratios  or  the  average  ratings  of  its  long-term  debt.    Institutions  in  Risk  Categories  II,  III  and  IV  will  be 
assessed at annual rates of 10, 28 and 43 basis points, respectively.   

On  October 16,  2008,  the  FDIC  published  a  notice  in  the  Federal  Register  concerning  its  establishment  of  the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Restoration Plan (the “Restoration Plan”). The Restoration Plan is a five year 
recapitalization plan for the DIF (subsequently amended to cover a seven-year time frame, as discussed below) based, 
in part, on significantly higher assessed DIF rates. Concurrent with the publication of the Restoration Plan, the FDIC 
issued a proposed rule to increase the DIF assessed rates for the first quarter of 2009 by 7 bps and, effective April 1, 
2009,  to  make  certain  other  changes  regarding  risk-based  assessment  and  to  set  new  deposit  insurance  rates.  On 
December 22, 2008, the FDIC issued a final rule in which it invoked the “good cause” exception of the Administrative 
Procedures Act to waive the requirement that once finalized a rule must have a delayed effective date of 30 days from 

-24- 

 
 
 
 
 
the publication date and, effective January 1, 2009, raised the first quarter 2009 DIF assessed rates by 7 bps. Under the 
final  rule,  for  the  first  quarter  of  2009,  the  new  rates  were  expressed  to  range  between  12  and 50 cents per $100 in 
assessable deposits depending on the risk category to which an insured depository institution was assigned. Institutions 
in Risk Category I were charged a rate between 12 and 14 cents per $100 in assessable deposits for the first quarter of 
2009. Such an increase in the DIF assessed rates more than doubles the previous applicable rates for Tier I institutions.  

On February 27, 2009 the FDIC amended the Restoration Plan for the DIF. Under the amended Restoration Plan, 
the  FDIC  extended  the  horizon  from  five  years  to  seven  years  to  raise  the  DIF  reserve  ratio  to  1.15  percent,  in 
recognition of the current significant strains on banks and the financial system and the likelihood of a severe recession. 
The amended Restoration Plan was accompanied by a final rule that sets assessment rates and makes adjustments to 
recognize how the assessment system differentiates for risk. Currently, most banks are in the best risk category and pay 
anywhere  from 12 cents per $100 of deposits to 14 cents per $100 for insurance. Under the final rule, banks in this 
category will pay initial base rates ranging from 12 cents per $100 to 16 cents per $100 on an annual basis, beginning 
on  April 1,  2009.  Changes  to  the  assessment  system  include  higher  rates  for  institutions  that  rely  significantly  on 
secured  liabilities,  which  would  increase  the  FDIC’s  loss  in  the  event  of  institutional  failure,  without  providing 
additional assessment revenue. Under the final rule, assessments will be higher for institutions that rely significantly on 
brokered  deposits  but,  for  well-managed  and  well-capitalized  institutions,  only  when  accompanied  by  rapid  asset 
growth. The final rule also provides incentives in the form of a reduction in assessment rates for institutions to hold 
long-term unsecured debt and, for smaller institutions, high levels of Tier 1 capital.  

On February 27, 2009, the FDIC proposed an additional amendment to the Restoration Plan for the DIF.  This 
amendment  proposes  the  imposition  of  a  20  basis  point  emergency  special  assessment  on  insured  depository 
institutions as of June 30, 2009.  The assessment is proposed to be collected on September 30, 2009.  The interim rule 
would also permit the FDIC to impose an emergency special assessment after June 30, 2009, of up to ten basis points if 
necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance. On March 5, 2009, FDIC Chairman Sheila Bair 
announced that if Congress adopts legislation expanding the FDIC’s line of credit with Treasury from $30 billion to 
$100 billion, the FDIC might have the flexibility to reduce the special emergency assessment, possibly from 20 to 10 
basis points.  This assessment will be in addition to the new assessment rates which become effective April 1, 2009. 

In  addition,  all  FDIC-insured  institutions  are  required  to  pay  assessments  to  the  FDIC  to  fund  interest 
payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation ("FICO"), an agency of the Federal government established to 
recapitalize  the  predecessor  to  the  SAIF.    The  FICO  assessment  rates,  which  are  determined  quarterly,  averaged 
0.011% of insured deposits in fiscal 2008.  These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2019. 

Federal  Reserve  System.  Pursuant  to  regulations  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board,  a  savings  institution  must 
maintain  reserves  against  their  transaction  accounts.    As  of  December  31,  2008,  no  reserves  were  required  to  be 
maintained on the first $10.3 million of transaction accounts, reserves of 3% were required to be maintained against the 
next  $34.1  million  of  transaction  accounts  and  a  reserve  of  10%  against  all  remaining  transaction  accounts.    This 
percentage is subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board. Because required reserves must be maintained in the 
form of vault cash or in a non-interest bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank, the effect of the reserve requirement 
may  reduce  the  amount  of  an  institution's  interest-earning  assets.  As  of  December  31,  2008  we  met  our  reserve 
requirements. 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

The  following  are  certain  risks  that  management  believes  are  specific  to  our  business.    This  should  not  be 

viewed as an all inclusive list and the order is not intended as an indicator of the level of importance. 

Recent legislative and regulatory initiatives to address difficult market and economic conditions may not stabilize the 
U.S. economy or the U.S. banking system. 

On  October  3,  2008,  President  Bush  signed  into  law  the  Emergency  Economic  Stabilization  Act  of  2008 
(“EESA”) which, among other measures, authorizes Treasury to purchase from financial institutions and their holding 

-25- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
companies  up  to  $700  billion  in  mortgage  loans,  mortgage-related  securities  and  certain  other  financial  instruments, 
including debt and equity securities issued by financial institutions and their holding companies, under a troubled asset 
relief program (“TARP”).  The purpose of TARP is to restore confidence and stability to the U.S. banking system and 
to encourage financial institutions to increase their lending to customers and to each other. Under the TARP Capital 
Purchase  Program,  Treasury  is  purchasing  equity  securities  from  participating  institutions.  The  Series  A  Preferred 
Stock  and  warrant  offered  by  this  prospectus  were  issued by  us  to  Treasury  pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase 
Program.  The  EESA  also  increased  federal  deposit  insurance  on  most  deposit  accounts  from  $100,000  to  $250,000. 
This increase is in place until the end of 2009 and is not covered by deposit insurance premiums paid by the banking 
industry. 

The EESA followed, and has been followed by, numerous actions by the Board of Governors of the Federal 
Reserve System, the U.S. Congress, Treasury, the FDIC, the SEC and others to address the current liquidity and credit 
crisis that has followed the sub-prime meltdown that commenced in 2007. These measures include homeowner relief 
that  encourage  loan  restructuring  and  modification;  the  establishment  of  significant  liquidity  and  credit  facilities  for 
financial  institutions  and  investment  banks;  the  lowering  of  the  federal  funds  rate;  emergency  action  against  short 
selling  practices;  a  temporary  guaranty  program  for  money  market  funds;  the  establishment  of  a  commercial  paper 
funding  facility  to  provide  back-stop  liquidity  to  commercial  paper  issuers;  and  coordinated  international  efforts  to 
address  illiquidity  and  other  weaknesses  in  the  banking  sector.  Most  recently,  on  February  17,  2009,  the  American 
Recovery  and  Reinvestment  Act  of  2009  (“ARRA”)  was  signed  into  law.  ARRA,  more  commonly  known  as  the 
economic  stimulus  bill  or  economic  recovery  package,  is  intended  to  stimulate  the  economy  and  provides  for  broad 
infrastructure, education and health spending. 

On October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced the establishment of a temporary liquidity guarantee program to 
provide full deposit insurance for all non-interest bearing transaction accounts and guarantees of certain newly issued 
senior  unsecured  debt  issued  by  FDIC-insured  institutions  and  their  holding  companies.  Insured  institutions  were 
automatically covered by this program from October 14, 2008 until December 5, 2008, unless they opted out prior to 
that date. Under the program, the FDIC will guarantee timely payment of newly issued senior unsecured debt issued on 
or  before  June  30,  2009.  The  debt  includes  all  newly  issued  unsecured  senior  debt  including  promissory  notes, 
commercial paper and inter-bank funding. The aggregate coverage for an institution may not exceed 125% of its debt 
outstanding  on  September  30,  2008  that  was  scheduled  to  mature  before  June  30,  2009,  or,  for  certain  insured 
institutions, 2% of liabilities as of September 30, 2008. The guarantee will extend to June 30, 2012 even if the maturity 
of the debt is after that date. The Bank elected to participate in both parts of the temporary liquidity guarantee program. 

The purpose of these legislative and regulatory actions is to stabilize the U.S. banking system. The EESA, the 
ARRA and the other regulatory initiatives described above may not have their desired effects. If the volatility in the 
markets  continues  and  economic  conditions  fail  to  improve  or  worsen,  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. 

Difficult market conditions and economic trends have adversely affected our industry and our business. 

We  are  particularly  exposed  to  downturns  in  the  U.  S.  housing  market.  Dramatic  declines  in  the  housing 
market over the past year, with decreasing home prices and increasing delinquencies and foreclosures, have negatively 
impacted the credit performance of mortgage and construction loans and resulted in significant write-downs of assets 
by many financial institutions. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many loans have declined and 
may continue to decline. General downward economic trends, reduced availability of commercial credit and increasing 
unemployment  have  negatively  impacted  the  credit  performance  of  commercial  and  consumer  credit,  resulting  in 
additional  write-downs.  Concerns  over  the  stability  of  the  financial  markets  and  the  economy  have  resulted  in 
decreased  credit  supply  in part due to the reduction in non-bank providers of credit in the marketplace. This market 
turmoil  and  tightening  of  credit  has  led  to  increased  commercial  and  consumer  deficiencies,  lack  of  customer 
confidence,  increased  market  volatility  and  widespread  reduction  in  general  business  activity.  Competition  among 
depository  institutions  for  deposits  has  increased  significantly.  Financial  institutions  have  experienced  decreased 

-26- 

 
 
access  to  deposits  or  borrowings.  The  resulting  economic  pressure  on  consumers  and  businesses  and  the  lack  of 
confidence  in  the  financial  markets  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and 
stock price. We do not expect that the difficult market conditions will improve in the near future. A worsening of these 
conditions  would  likely  exacerbate  the  adverse  effects  of  these  difficult  market  conditions  on  us  and  others  in  the 
industry. In particular, we may face the following risks in connection with these events: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in our credit
exposure is made more complex by these difficult market and economic conditions. 

We also may be required to pay even higher Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation premiums than
the recently increased level, because financial institution failures resulting from the depressed market
conditions have depleted and may continue to deplete the deposit insurance fund and reduce its ratio
of reserves to insured deposits. 

Our ability to borrow from other financial institutions or the Federal Home Loan Bank on favorable
terms or at all could be adversely affected by further disruptions in the capital markets or other events.

We may experience a decline in the value of our investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock, which
could result in a writedown of the investment. 

We  may  experience  increases  in  foreclosures,  delinquencies  and  customer  bankruptcies,  as  well  as
more restricted access to funds. 

The securities purchase agreement between us and Treasury permits Treasury to impose additional restrictions 
on us retroactively. 

The securities purchase agreement we entered into with Treasury permits Treasury to unilaterally amend the 
terms  of  the  securities  purchase  agreement  to  comply  with  any  changes  in  federal  statutes  after  the  date  of  its 
execution. ARRA imposed additional executive compensation and expenditure limits on all current and future TARP 
recipients,  including  us,  until  we  have  repaid  the  Treasury.  These  additional  restrictions  may  impede  our  ability  to 
attract  and  retain  qualified  executive  officers.  ARRA  also  permits  TARP  recipients  to  repay  the  Treasury  without 
penalty  or  requirement  that  additional  capital  be  raised,  subject  to  Treasury’s  consultation  with  our  primary  federal 
regulator  while  the  securities  purchase  agreement  required  that,  for  a  period  of  three  years,  the  Series  A  Preferred 
Stock could generally only be repaid if we raised additional capital to repay the securities and such capital qualified as 
Tier 1 capital. Additional unilateral changes in the securities purchase agreement could have a negative impact on our 
financial condition and results of operations. 

Future loan losses may negatively impact the Company. 

We are subject to credit risk, which is the risk of losing principal or interest due to borrowers’ failure to repay 
loans in accordance with their terms.  A downturn in the economy or the real estate market in our market areas or a 
rapid  change  in  interest  rates  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  collateral  values  and  borrowers’  ability  to  repay.  This 
deterioration in economic conditions could result in losses to us.  To the extent loans are not paid timely by borrowers, 
the loans are placed on non-accrual, thereby reducing interest income.  

Rapidly changing interest rate environments could reduce our profitability. 

          Interest and fees on loans and securities, net of interest paid on deposits and borrowings, are a large part of our 
net income.  Interest rates are key drivers of our net interest margin and subject to many factors beyond the control of 

-27- 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
management.  As interest rates change, net interest income is affected. Rapid increases or decreases in interest rates in 
the future could negatively impact our net interest margin.  

Liquidity risk. 

          Due to our continued success in our lending operations, particularly in corporate and small business lending, our 
loans have exceeded customer deposit funding.  Changes in interest rates or alternative investment opportunities and 
other  factors  may  make  deposit  gathering  more  difficult.    Additionally,  interest  rate  changes  or  disruptions  in  the 
capital market may make the terms of the borrowings and brokered deposits less favorable.  As a result, there is a risk 
that we will not have funds to meet our obligations when they come due.  Interest rate and liquidity risk is managed by 
our Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”).  While our loan-to-deposit ratio has been well above 100% for many years, 
management  has  significant  experience  managing  its  funding  needs  through  borrowings  and  deposit  growth.    A 
liquidity crisis plan has been developed and is an important part of our liquidity management. 

Current levels of market volatility are unprecedented. 

The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for more than a year. In recent 
months,  the  volatility  and  disruption  has  reached  unprecedented  levels.  In  some  cases,  the  markets  have  produced 
downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying 
financial strength. If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance 
that  we  will  not  experience  an  adverse  effect,  which  may  be  material,  on  our  ability  to  access  capital  and  on  our 
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Our profitability could be adversely affected if we are unable to promptly deploy the capital raised in our recent 
offering. 

We may not be able to immediately deploy all of the capital raised in the recent sale of the Series A Preferred 
Stock  to  the  Treasury.  Investing  the  offering  proceeds  in  securities  until  we  are  able  to  deploy  the  proceeds  will 
provide lower margins than we generally earn on loans, potentially adversely affecting shareholder returns, including 
earnings per share, return on assets and return on equity. 

The financial services industry is very competitive. 

          We  face  competition  in  attracting  and  retaining  deposits,  making  loans,  and  providing  other  financial  services 
throughout our market area. Our competitors include other community banks, larger banking institutions, and a wide 
range of other financial institutions such as credit unions, government-sponsored enterprises, mutual fund companies, 
insurance companies and other non-bank businesses.  Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources 
than us.  If we are unable to compete effectively, we will lose market share and will have less income from deposits 
and loans, which will negatively impact our net interest margin.  Profitability of other products may be reduced as well. 

Adverse changes in the economic growth and vitality in our banking markets may negatively impact us. 

Our business is closely tied to the economies of Delaware and the contiguous counties outside of Delaware.  A 

sustained economic downturn could adversely affect our net income.   

We are subject to extensive regulation. 

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal banking authorities which impose requirements and 

restrictions on our operations.  The impact of changes to laws and regulations or other actions by regulatory agencies 
could make regulatory compliance more difficult or expensive for us and could adversely affect our net income.  

-28- 

 
 
  
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may not be able to achieve our growth plans or effectively manage its growth. 

          There can be no assurance that growth opportunities will be available or that growth will be successfully 
managed.  This includes, but is not limited to, growth in generating loans and gathering deposits.  Due to our 
investment in future growth, failure to obtain sufficient growth would negatively effect our net income. 

Inability to hire or retain certain key professionals, management and staff could adversely affect our revenues 
and net income. 

          We rely on key personnel to manage and operate our business, including major revenue generating functions 
such as our loan and deposit portfolios. The loss of key staff may adversely affect our ability to maintain and manage 
these portfolios effectively, which could negatively effect our revenues.  In addition, loss of key personnel could result 
in increased recruiting and hiring expenses, which could cause a decrease in our net income. 

We continually encounter technological change. 

          The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions 
of  new  technology-driven  products  and  services.    The  effective  use  of  technology  increases  efficiency  and  enables 
financial institutions to better serve customers and reduce costs.  Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability 
to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer 
demands,  as  well  as  to  create  additional  efficiencies  in  our  operations.    Our  largest  competitors  have  substantially 
greater  resources  to  invest  in  technological  improvements.    We  may  not  be  able  to  effectively  implement  new 
technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers.  
Failure  to  successfully  keep  pace  with  technological  change  affecting  the  financial  services  industry  could  have  a 
material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and our net income. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 

The  following  table  shows  information  regarding  offices  and material  properties  held  by  us,  and  our  subsidiaries, at 

December 31, 2008: 

Location 

WSFS : 
WSFS Bank Center Branch (2) 
   Main Office 
  500 Delaware Avenue 
  Wilmington, De   19801 
Union Street Branch 
  211 North Union Street 
  Wilmington, DE   19805 
Trolley Square Branch 
  1711 Delaware Ave 
  Wilmington, DE   19806 
Fairfax Shopping Center (3) 
  2005 Concord Pike 
  Wilmington, DE   19803 

Owned/ 
Leased 

Date Lease 
Expires 

Net Book Value 
Of Property 
or Leasehold 
Improvements (1) 

Deposits 

         (In Thousands) 

Leased 

2019 

1,808 

764,942 

Leased 

2012 

Leased 

2011 

95 

24 

60,091 

32,054 

Master Lease 

7,991 

81,113 

-29- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Location 

Branmar Plaza Shopping Center Branch 
  1812 Marsh Road 
  Wilmington, DE   19810 
Prices Corner Shopping Center Branch 
  3202 Kirkwood Highway 
  Wilmington, DE   19808 
Pike Creek Shopping Center Branch 
  4730 Limestone Road 
  Wilmington, DE   19808 
University Plaza Shopping Center Branch 
   100 University Plaza 
  Newark, DE   19702 
College Square Shopping Center Branch (4) 
  Route 273 & Liberty Avenue 
  Newark, DE   19711 
Airport Plaza Shopping Center Branch 
  144 N. DuPont Hwy. 
  New Castle, DE   19720 
Stanton Branch 
  Inside ShopRite  
  1600 W. Newport Pike 
  Wilmington, DE   19804 
Glasgow Branch 
  Inside Safeway at People Plaza 
  Routes 40 & 896 
  Newark, DE   19702 
Middletown Crossing Shopping Center  
 400 East Main Street 
 Middletown, DE   19709 
Dover Branch  
  Inside Metro Food Market 
  257 North DuPont Highway 
  Dover, DE   19901 
West Dover Loan Office 
  Greentree Office Center 
  160 Greentree Drive 
  Suite 105 
  Dover, DE   19904 
Blue Bell Loan Office 
  721 Skippack Pike 
  Suite 101 
  Blue Bell, PA   19422 
Glen Eagle (5) 
  Inside Genaurdi's  Family Market 
  475 Glen Eagle Square 
  Glen Mills, PA   19342 
University of Delaware-Trabant University  
Center 
  17 West Main Street 
  Newark, DE   19716 
Brandywine Branch 
  Inside Safeway Market 
  2522 Foulk Road 
  Wilmington, DE   19810 
Operations Center 
  2400 Philadelphia Pike 
  Wilmington, DE   19703 

Owned/ 
Leased 

Date Lease 
Expires 

Leased 

2013 

Net Book Value 
Of Property 
or Leasehold 
Improvements (1) 

Deposits 

         (In Thousands) 
77 

97,966 

Leased 

2023 

Leased 

2015 

60 

677 

103,790 

81,689 

Leased 

2026 

1,328 

51,205 

Leased 

2012 

Leased 

2013 

Leased 

2011 

Leased 

2012 

161 

661 

17 

30 

Leased 

2017 

940 

Leased 

2010 

Leased 

2014 

Leased 

2012 

44 

20 

21 

101,802 

73,299 

19,822 

23,193 

42,488 

13,527 

31 

10,868 

Leased 

2024 

111 

7,452 

Leased 

2013 

Leased 

2014 

44 

27 

14,299 

24,024 

Owned 

685 

N/A 

-30- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Location 

Longwood Branch 
  Inside Genaurdi’s Family Market 
  830 E. Baltimore Pike 
  E. Marlboro, PA 19348 
Holly Oak Branch 
  Inside Super Fresh 
  2105 Philadelphia Pike 
  Claymont, DE 19703 
Hockessin Branch 
  7450 Lancaster Pike 
  Wilmington, DE 19707 
Lewes Branch 
  Southpointe Professional Center 
  1515 Savannah Road, Suite 103 
  Lewes, DE   19958 
Fox Run Shopping Center  
  210 Fox Hunt Drive 
  Bear, DE  19701 
Camden Town Center 
  4566 S. Dupont Highway 
  Camden, DE   19934 
Rehoboth Branch 
  19335 coastal Highway  
  Lighthouse Plaza 
  Rehoboth, DE   19771 
Loan Operations 
  30 Blue Hen Drive 
  Suite 200 
  Newark, DE   19713 
West Dover Branch 
  1486 Forest Avenue 
  Dover, DE   19904 
Longneck Branch 
  25926 Plaza Drive 
  Millsboro, DE   19966 
Smyrna  
  Simon's Corner Shopping Center 
  400 Jimmy Drive 
  Smyrna, DE   19977 
Oxford, LPO 
  59 South Third Street 
  Suite 1 
  Oxford, PA    
Greenville 
  3908 Kennett Pike 
  Greenville, DE    
WSFS Bank Center  
  500 Delaware Avenue 
  Wilmington, De   19801 
Market Street Branch (7) 
  833 Market Street 
  Wilmington, De   19801 
Annandale, VA 
  7010 Little River Tnpk. 
  Suite 330 
  Annandale, VA  22003 
Oceanview (6) 
  69 Atlantic Avenue 
  Oceanview, DE   19970 

Owned/ 
Leased 

Date Lease 
Expires 

Leased 

2010 

Net Book Value 
Of Property 
or Leasehold 
Improvements (1) 

Deposits 

         (In Thousands) 
68 

10,725 

Leased 

2015 

Leased 

2015 

Leased 

2013 

Leased 

2015 

Leased 

2024 

Leased 

2028 

Leased 

2012 

Owned 

Leased 

2026 

Leased 

2028 

45 

566 

101 

884 

956 

930 

3 

2,182 

1,234 

1,264 

18,769 

67,670 

37,460 

50,644 

25,358 

50,175 

N/A 

24,953 

30,693 

23,694 

Leased 

2011 

34 

8,967 

Owned 

2,075 

24,652 

Leased 

2011 

Leased 

2009 

Leased 

2011 

Leased 

2024 

-31- 

760 

77 

16 

177 

12,684 

63,052 

782 

N/A 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Location 

Selbyville 
  Strawberry Center 
  Unit 2 
  Selbyville, DE  19975 
Lewes (7) 
  34383 Carpenters Way 
  Lewes, DE  19958 
Millsboro (8) 
  26644 Center View Drive 
  Millsboro, DE   19966 
Concord Square 
  4401 Concord Pike 
  Wilmington, DE  19803 
Crossroads 
  2080 New Castle Avenue 
  New Castle, DE  19720 
Delaware City 
  145 Clinton Street 
  Delaware City, DE  19706 
Governor’s Square 
  1101 Governor’s Place 
  Bear, DE  19701 
Liberty Square (9) 
  1 Possum Park Shopping Center 
  Newark, DE  19711 
1st Reverse Financial Services 
Headquarters 
 Quail Ridge Office Center 
 Quail Ridge Drive 
 Westmont, IL 
Call Center 
  1295 Corporate Drive 
  Hudson, OH  44236 

Cypress Capital Management, LLC 
  1220 Market Street 
  Suite 704 
  Wilmington, DE  19801 

Owned/ 
Leased 

Date Lease 
Expires 

Leased 

2013 

Net Book Value 
Of Property 
or Leasehold 
Improvements (1) 

Deposits 

         (In Thousands) 
55 

5,896 

Leased 

2028 

N/A 

Leased 

2029 

Leased 

2011 

Leased 

2013 

Owned 

Leased 

2010 

Leased 

2009 

Leased 

2009 

45 

61 

61 

122 

61 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

30,227 

16,355 

5,013 

10,928 

N/A 

N/A 

Leased 

2009 

N/A 

N/A 

Leased 

2010 

5 

N/A 

(1) The net book value of all the Company's investment in premise and equipment totaled $34.9 million at December 31, 2008. 
(2) Location of Corporate Headquarters and Montchanin Capital Management, Inc. 
(3) Includes Fairfax Branch office and shopping center which is under a master lease.  Net book value represents the value of the entire facility. 
(4) Includes the Company's education and development center. 
(5) As of December 31, 2008, location was under construction.  Completion date is August, 2009.  
(6) As of December 31, 2008, location was under construction.  Completion date is June, 2009. 
(7) As of December 31, 2008, location was under construction.  Completion date is April, 2009. 
(8) As of December 31, 2008, location was under construction.  Completion date is June, 2009. 
(9) No branch is open at this location. This lease was part of the Sun Branch purchase in October 2008.  

$2,122,352 

-32- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

There are no material legal proceedings to be disclosed under this item. 

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSIONS OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

No matter was submitted to a vote of the stockholders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 

2008 through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise. 

PART II 

ITEM  5.    MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND  ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 

Our Common Stock is traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market(SM) under the symbol WSFS.  At December 31, 2008, we had 

1,200 registered common stockholders of record.  The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices for the Common 
Stock for each full quarterly period within the two most recent fiscal years as well as the quarterly dividends paid. 

The closing market price of our common stock at December 31, 2008 was $47.99. 

                Stock Price Range                 

2008 

2007 

4th 
3rd 
2nd 
1st 

4th 
3rd 
2nd 
1st 

High 

Dividend 

 $ 60.50 
 $ 65.50 
 $ 53.84 
 $ 54.17 

 $ 68.33 
 $ 68.81 
 $ 69.00 
 $ 70.85 

 $   0.12  
 $   0.12  
 $   0.12  
 $   0.10  

 $   0.46  

 $   0.10  
 $   0.10  
 $   0.10  
 $   0.08  

 $   0.38  

Low 

 $ 35.51 
 $ 40.04 
 $ 42.79 
 $ 41.12 

 $ 48.45 
 $ 53.42 
 $ 62.78 
 $ 60.91 

-33- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPARATIVE STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH 

The  graph  and  table  which  follow  show  the  cumulative  total  return  on  our  Common  Stock  over  the  last  five  years 
compared with the cumulative total return of the Dow Jones Total Market Index and the Nasdaq Bank Index over the same 
period as obtained from Bloomberg L.P.  Cumulative total return on our Common Stock or the index equals the total increase 
in  value  since  December  31,  2003,  assuming  reinvestment  of  all  dividends  paid  into  the  Common  Stock  or  the  index, 
respectively.  The graph and table were prepared assuming $100 was invested on December 31, 2003 in our Common Stock 
and in each of the indexes.  There can be no assurance that our future stock performance will be the same or similar to the 
historical  stock  performance  shown  in  the  graph  below.    We  neither  make  nor  endorse  any  predictions  as  to  stock 
performance. 

CUMULATIVE TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN 
COMPARED WITH PERFORMANCE OF SELECTED INDEXES 
December 31, 2003 through December 31, 2008 

200

s
r
a
l
l

o
D

150

100

50

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

WSFS Financial Corporation

Dow Jones Total Market Index

Nasdaq Bank Index

WSFS Financial Corporation 
Dow Jones Total Market Index 
Nasdaq Bank Index 

2003

$100
100
100

Cumulative Total Return 
2006 

2005

2004

$134
103
114

$137
102
111

$153 
119 
127 

2007

$114
127
102

2008

$110
84
80

-34- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

At December 31, 
  Total assets   
  Net loans (1)   
  Investment securities (2)   
  Investment in reverse mortgages, net   
  Other investments   
  Mortgage-backed securities (2)   
  Deposits   
  Borrowings (3)   
  Trust preferred borrowings    
  Stockholders’ equity   
  Number of full-service branches (4)   

For the Year Ended December 31, 
  Interest income   
  Interest expense   
  Noninterest income   
  Noninterest expenses   
  Income from continuing operations   
  Net income   
  Earnings per share: 
    Basic: 
      Income from continuing operations   
      Net income   
    Diluted: 
      Income from continuing operations   
      Net income   

Interest rate spread   
Net interest margin   
Return on average equity (5)   
Return on average assets (5)   
Average equity to average assets (5)   

2008 

2007  

2006 

2005 

2004 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 

$3,432,560 
2,443,835 
49,749 
(61) 
39,521 
498,205 
2,122,352 
999,734 
67,011 
216,635 
35 

$  166,477 
77,258 
45,989 
89,098 
16,136 
16,136 

$3,200,188 
2,233,980 
26,235 
2,037 
46,615 
496,492 
1,827,161 
1,068,149 
67,011 
211,330 
29 

$  189,477 
107,468 
48,166 
82,031 
29,649 
29,649 

$2,997,396 
2,019,741 
53,893 
598 
41,615 
516,711 
1,756,348 
935,668 
67,011 
212,059 
27 

$  177,177 
99,278 
40,305 
69,314 
30,441 
30,441 

$2,846,752 
1,775,294 
56,704 
785 
46,466 
620,323 
1,446,236 
1,127,997 
67,011 
181,975 
24 

$  136,022 
62,380 
34,653 
62,877 
27,856 
27,856 

$2,502,956 
1,535,467 
97,485 
(109) 
44,477 
524,144 
1,234,962 
1,002,609 
51,547 
196,303 
24 

$  104,110 
37,246 
31,950 
55,699 
25,757 
25,900 

$        2.62 
2.62 

$        4.69 
4.69 

$        4.59 
4.59 

$        4.10 
4.10 

$       3.60 
3.62 

2.57 
2.57 

           2.94% 
3.13 
7.30 
0.50 
6.86 

4.55 
4.55 

2.80% 
3.09 
14.34 
0.98 
6.87 

4.41 
4.41 

2.70% 
2.98 
15.42 
1.03 
6.68 

3.89 
3.89 

2.91% 
3.13 
14.78 
1.05 
7.10 

3.39 
3.41 

3.07% 
3.24 
13.54 
1.10 
8.13 

(1)  
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

(5) 

Includes loans held-for-sale. 
Includes securities available-for-sale. 
Borrowings consist of FHLB advances, securities sold under agreement to repurchase and other borrowed funds. 
WSFS opened two branches and acquired six (keeping four open and closing two) branches in 2008, opened three branches and closed one 
branch in 2007, opened three branches in 2006, and opened one branch in 2004. 
Based on continuing operations. 

ITEM 7    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

OVERVIEW 

WSFS Financial Corporation (“the Company,” “our Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”) is a thrift holding company 
headquartered in Wilmington, Delaware.  Substantially all of our assets are held by our subsidiary, Wilmington Savings 
Fund Society, FSB (“WSFS Bank” or the “Bank”). Founded in 1832, we are one of the ten oldest banks in the United 
States continuously-operating under the same name.  As a federal savings bank, which was formerly chartered as a state 
mutual  savings  bank,  we  enjoy  broader  investment  powers  than  most  other  financial  institutions.    We  have  served  the 
residents of the Delaware Valley for over 175 years.  We are the largest thrift institution headquartered in Delaware and 
the third largest financial institution in the state on the basis of total deposits traditionally garnered in-market.  Our primary 

-35- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
market  area  is  the  mid-Atlantic  region  of  the  United  States,  which  is  characterized  by  a  diversified  manufacturing  and 
service economy. Our long-term strategy is to serve small and mid-size businesses through loans, deposits, investments, 
and related financial services, and to gather retail core deposits.  Our strategic focus is to exceed customer expectations, 
deliver stellar service and build customer advocacy through highly trained, relationship oriented, friendly, knowledgeable, 
and empowered Associates. 
. 

We provide residential and commercial real estate, commercial and consumer lending services, as well as retail 
deposit and cash management services.  In addition, we offer a variety of wealth management and personal trust services 
through  WSFS  Wealth  Strategies,  which  was  formed  during  2005.    Lending  activities  are  funded  primarily  with  retail 
deposits and borrowings. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insures our customers’ deposits to their 
legal maximum.  We serve our customers primarily from our main office, 35 retail banking offices, loan production offices 
and  operations  centers  located  in  Delaware,  southeastern  Pennsylvania  and  Virginia  and  through  our  website  at 
www.wsfsbank.com. 

We have two consolidated subsidiaries, WSFS Bank and Montchanin Capital Management, Inc. (“Montchanin”). 
We  also  have  one  unconsolidated  affiliate,  WSFS  Capital  Trust  III  (“the  Trust”).    WSFS  Bank  has  a  fully-owned 
subsidiary, WSFS Investment Group, Inc., which markets various third-party insurance products and securities through the 
Bank’s retail banking system.  WSFS  Bank  also  owns  a  majority  interest  in  1st  Reverse  Financial  Services,  LLC  (1st 
Reverse), specializing in reverse mortgage lending.  

Montchanin  has  one  consolidated  subsidiary,  Cypress  Capital  Management,  LLC  (“Cypress”).    Cypress  is  a 
Wilmington-based  investment  advisory  firm  serving  high  net-worth  individuals  and  institutions.    Cypress  had 
approximately $410 million in assets under management at December 31, 2008. 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Within  this  annual  report  and  financial  statements,  management  has  included  certain  “forward-looking 
statements” concerning our future operations.  Statements contained in this annual report which are not historical facts, are 
forward-looking  statements  as  that  term  is  defined  in  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.    It  is 
management’s desire to take advantage of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 
1995.  This statement is for the express purpose of availing the Corporation of the protections of such safe harbor with 
respect to all “forward-looking statements.”  Management has used “forward-looking statements” to describe future plans 
and strategies including expectations of our future financial results.  Management’s ability to predict results or the effect of 
future plans and strategy is inherently uncertain.  Factors that could affect results include interest rate trends, competition, 
the general economic climate in Delaware, the mid-Atlantic region and the country as a whole, asset quality, loan growth, 
loan delinquency rates, operating risk, uncertainty of estimates in general, and changes in federal and state regulations, 
among  other  factors.    These  factors  should  be  considered  in  evaluating  the  “forward-looking  statements,”  and  undue 
reliance should not be placed on such statements. Actual results may differ materially from management expectations.  
We do not undertake, and specifically disclaim any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions that may 
be  made  to  any  forward-looking  statements  to  reflect  the  occurrence  of  anticipated  or  unanticipated  events  or 
circumstances after the date of such statements. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

WSFS  Financial  Corporation  recorded  net  income  of  $16.1  million  or  $2.57  per  diluted  share  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2008, compared to $29.6 million or $4.55 per share and $30.4 million or $4.41 per share in 2007 
and 2006, respectively. 

Net Interest Income.  Net interest income increased $7.2 million, or 9%, to $89.2 million in 2008 compared to $82.0 
million in 2007.  The net interest margin for 2008 was 3.13%, up 0.04% from 2007.  These increases were the result of 
a  slightly  liability  sensitive  balance  sheet  combined  with  active  management  of  deposit  pricing.    In  comparison  to 
2007,  the  yield  on  interest-bearing  liabilities  declined  by  1.41%,  while  the  yield  on  interest-earning  assets  only 
declined  by  1.27%.    The  improvement  in  the  net  interest  margin  also  reflects  growth,  and  the  improved  mix  of  our 
balance sheet. The investment category on our average balance sheet includes income from reverse mortgages, which 
declined substantially in 2008 compared to 2007, consistent with decreases in home prices over the past year.  During 
2008 we lost $1.1 million on reverse mortgages compared to income of $2.0 million in 2007.  For further discussion of 

-36- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
reverse  mortgages,  see  the  “Reverse  Mortgages”  discussion  included  in  this  Management’s  Discussion and Analysis 
and Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.   

Net interest income increased $4.1 million, or 5%, to $82.0 million in 2007 compared to $77.9 million in 2006. 
The net interest margin for 2007 was 3.09%, up 0.11% from 2006.  The overall improvement in the net interest margin 
over the previous year reflects loan growth and our continued efforts to refocus the mix of our balance sheet.  Loans, 
with  an  average  yield  of  7.55%,  increased  $168.7  million  on  average  while  mortgage-backed  securities,  with  an 
average yield of 4.93%, declined $99.4 million on average mostly due to scheduled repayments.  In addition, interest-
bearing deposits, with an average rate of 3.76%, increased $219.3 million on average while FHLB advances, with an 
average rate of 4.97%, decreased $210.1 million on average. The yield on earning assets increased 0.37% on average 
in  comparison  to  2006  while  the  rate  on  interest-bearing  liabilities  increased  by  0.27%  on  average.    Additionally, 
income from reverse mortgages increased $1.3 million in comparison to 2006. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  changes  in  net  interest  income  attributable  to 
changes  in  the  volumes  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities  and  changes  in  the  yields  for  the 
periods indicated.  For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided 
on  the  changes  that  are  attributable  to:    (i)  changes  in  volume  (change  in  volume  multiplied  by  prior  year  rate);  (ii) 
changes in rates (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume on each category); and (iii) net change (the sum of the 
change in volume and the change in rate).  Changes due to the combination of rate and volume changes (changes in 
volume multiplied by changes in rate) are allocated proportionately between changes in rate and changes in volume. 

Year Ended December 31, 

(Dollars in Thousands) 
Interest Income: 

Commercial real estate loans 
Residential real estate loans 
Commercial loans (1) 
Consumer loans 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Investment securities  
Other  

Favorable (unfavorable) 

Interest expense: 

Deposits: 

2008 vs. 2007 

2007 vs. 2006 

Volume  Yield/Rate

Net 

Volume  Yield/Rate

Net 

$    5,722 $  (15,131)
360
(15,396)
(3,480)
335
(3,610)
(945)
(37,867)

(1,280)
9,460
894
(588)
504
155
14,867

$ (9,409)
(920)
(5,936)
(2,586)
(253)
(3,106)
(790)
(23,000)

$  4,281
(1,244)
10,318
870
(4,898)
(1,638)
(601)
7,088

$  (320)
1,186
475
317
691
2,430
433
5,212

$  3,961
(58)
10,793
1,187
(4,207)
792
(168)
12,300

Interest-bearing demand 
Money market 
Savings 
Retail time deposits  
Jumbo certificates of deposits - nonretail 
Brokered certificates of deposits 

FHLB of Pittsburgh advances 
Trust Preferred 
Other borrowed funds 
Unfavorable (favorable) 
Net change, as reported 

217
(419)
(106)
2,933 
(229)
258
3,460
0 
1,500
7,614
$    7,253

(546)
(5,542)
(837)
(4,515)
(1,856)
(6,860)
(12,401)
(1,478)
(3,789)
(37,824)
$      (43)

(329)
(5,961)
(943)
(1,582)
(2,085)
(6,602)
(8,941)
(1,478)
(2,289)
(30,210)
$ 7,210 

180
2,981
(248)
4,003
927
1,815
(10,342)
0
1,090
406

428
799
(310)
3,045
149
835
3,025
(300)
113
7,784
$  6,682 $  (2,572)

608
3,780
(558)
7,048
1,076
2,650
(7,317)
(300)
1,203
8,190
$ 4,110

(1)  The tax-equivalent income adjustment is related to commercial loans. 

-37- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
The  following  table  provides  information  regarding  the  average  balances  of,  and  yields/rates  on  interest-earning  assets  and 
interest-bearing liabilities during the periods indicated: 

Year Ended December 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

Average
Balance

Interest

Yield /
Rate (1) 

Average
Balance

Interest

Yield/
Rate (1) 

Average
Balance

Interest

Yield/
Rate (1) 

(Dollars in Thousands) 
Assets 
Interest-earning assets: 
Loans (2) (3): 

Commercial real estate loans 
Residential real estate loans 
Commercial loans 
Consumer loans 
Total loans 

Mortgage-backed securities (4) 
Investment securities (4) (5) 
Other interest-earning assets 

Total interest-earning assets 

Allowance for loan losses 
Cash and due from banks 
Cash in non-owned ATMs 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Other noninterest-earning assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Interest-bearing deposits: 

Interest-bearing demand 
Money market 
Savings 
Retail time deposits 

Total interest-bearing retail deposits 

Jumbo certificates of deposit-nonretail 
Brokered certificates of deposit 

Total interest-bearing deposits 

FHLB of Pittsburgh advances 
Trust preferred borrowings 
Other borrowed funds 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities 
Minority interest 
Stockholders' equity 

Total liabilities and  
    stockholders' equity 
Excess of interest-earning assets  
    over interest-bearing liabilities 
Net interest and dividend income 
Interest rate spread 
Net interest margin 

$  46,647
25,531
50,830
17,653
140,661
23,984
254
1,578
166,477

   1,064
5,909
736
20,775
28,484
3,091
8,234
39,809
29,620
3,275
4,554
77,258

$   763,825
437,223
840,303
282,943
2,324,294
480,002
34,263
42,934
2,881,493
(27,210)
65,022
172,304
58,503
70,838
$3,220,950

$   174,080
300,775
197,175
543,808
1,215,838
93,901
282,760
1,592,499
841,005
67,011 
186,081
2,686,596
283,845
29,560
- 
220,949

$3,220,950

$   194,897

6.11% $   687,614 $  56,056
26,451
459,043
5.84 
56,766
709,507
6.08 
20,239
270,518
6.24 
159,512
2,126,682
6.10 
24,237
491,650
5.00 
3,360
29,130
0.74 
2,368
40,137
3.68 
189,477
2,687,599
5.82 
(28,192)
70,387
158,091
56,307
67,711
$3,011,903

8.15%  $   635,133 $  52,095
26,509
481,308
5.76 
45,973
582,546
8.05 
19,052
258,946
7.48 
143,629
1,957,933
7.55 
28,444
591,021
4.93 
2,568
55,004
11.53 
51,144
5.90 
2,536
177,177
2,655,102
7.09 
(26,491)
57,771
153,060
53,137
63,793
$2,956,372

     785
8,090
2,237
15,309
26,421
4,100
12,186
42,707
45,878
5,053
5,640
99,278

   1,393
11,870
1,679
22,357
37,299
5,176
14,836
57,311
38,561
4,753
6,843
107,468

0.61% $   148,039
312,192
1.96 
211,453
0.37 
476,159
3.82 
1,147,843
2.34 
98,452
3.29 
277,860
2.91 
1,524,155
2.50 
765,974
3.46 
67,011
4.81 
147,251
2.45 
2,504,391
2.88 
272,964
27,737
38
206,773

$3,011,903

$   183,208

0.94%  $   123,599
232,418
3.80 
240,426
0.79 
384,654
4.70 
981,097
3.25 
80,691
5.26 
243,070
5.34 
1,304,858
3.76 
976,101
4.97 
67,011
7.00 
123,800
4.65 
2,471,770
4.29 
262,838
24,330
84
197,350

$2,956,372

$   183,332

8.20% 
5.51 
7.97 
7.36 
7.39 
4.81 
4.67 
4.96 
6.72 

0.64% 
3.48 
0.93 
3.98 
2.69 
5.08 
5.01 
3.27 
4.64 
7.44 
4.56 
4.02 

$89,219

$82,009 

$77,899 

2.94%
3.13%

2.80% 
3.09% 

2.70% 
2.98% 

(1)  Weighted average yields have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis using a 35% effective tax rate.   
(2)  Nonperforming loans are included in average balance computations. 
(3)  Balances are reflected net of unearned income. 
(4)  Includes securities available-for-sale. 
(5) Includes reverse mortgages. 

-38- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision  for  Loan  Losses.      We  maintain  an  allowance  for  loan  losses  at  an  appropriate  level  based  on  management’s 
assessment  of  the  estimable  and  probable  losses  in  the  loan  portfolio,  pursuant  to  accounting  literature,  which  is  discussed 
further in the “Nonperforming Assets” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  Management’s evaluation is 
based upon a review of the portfolio and requires significant judgment.  For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded 
a provision for loan losses of $23.0 million compared to $5.0 million in 2007 and $2.7 million in 2006.  The $23.0 million 
included $14.7 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2008.  The larger provision amount was due to the rapid deterioration 
in the economic environment during the fourth quarter.  The $14.7 million includes the following: $7.3 million was related to 
four large construction loans and land development projects; $6.2 million was attributed to reserves for new loans, updated 
loss  rate  expectations  on  the  consumer  and  mortgage  portfolios,  as  well  as  credit  risk  migration  in  the  commercial  loan 
portfolio due to economic conditions; and $1.2 million was a result of consumer credit losses taken during the fourth quarter 
of 2008.  The increase in the provision for loan loss reflects our proactive approach in confronting the reality of the deepening 
economic recession. 

Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income decreased $2.2 million to $46.0 million in 2008, or 5%, from $48.2 million in 2007. 
The majority of the decrease was due to a $2.5 million decrease in credit card/debit card and ATM income due to reduced 
prime  based  ATM  bailment  fees.  Although  noninterest  income  was  negatively  impacted  by  lower  bailment  fees,  the  net 
interest margin benefited due to lower funding costs for these borrowings. In addition, 2007 had included a $1.1 million non-
recurring gain related to the sale of our former headquarters building and an $882,000 gain from the sale of our credit card 
portfolio.  Also during the year, income from Bank-Owned Life Insuarance (BOLI) decreased $483,000 from the prior year 
due to lower yields in underlying investments funding this program.  These decreases were partially offset by an increase in 
loan fee income of $1.3 million. The majority of the increase in loan fee income was due to $851,000 in fees from 1st Reverse 
Financial Services, LLC (“1st Reverse”).  During the second quarter of 2008 we acquired a majority interest in 1st Reverse, 
specializing  in  both  reverse  mortgage  lending  directly  to  consumers  and  business-to-business  reverse  mortgage  lending 
through banks, brokers and financial institutions throughout the United States.  Deposit service charges also increased $1.1 
million. This increase was a result of overall growth in deposits.  In 2008 we also recorded a $1.8 million gain on the sale of 
shares  related  to  the  completion  of  Visa’s  initial  public  offering,  and  a  $1.6  million  charge  related  to  a  mark-to-market 
adjustment  on  the  $12.4  million  BBB+  rated  mortgage-backed  security  (“MBS”)  issued  in  connection  with  a  2002  reverse 
mortgage securitization.  

Noninterest income increased $7.9 million to $48.2 million in 2007, or 20%, from $40.3 million in 2006. This was 
attributable to a $3.2 million increase in deposit service charges as we continued to benefit from increased deposit accounts 
and offered additional fee-based services.  The increase also included a $1.1 million non-recurring gain related to the sale of 
our former headquarters building and an $882,000 gain from the sale of our credit card portfolio. Credit/debit card and ATM 
income also increased $915,000 as a result of increased volumes of cash in non-owned ATMs and higher bailment fess earned 
on  this  cash.    In  2007  we  also  recorded  two  offsetting  $6.0  million  items.    Both  occurred  during  the  fourth  quarter  and 
resulted in a gain and an expense recognized from the donation of a N.C. Wyeth mural, Apotheosis of the Family, which was 
located in our former headquarters. 

Noninterest Expenses.  Noninterest expenses increased $7.1 million to $89.1 million in 2008, or 9%, from $82.0 million in 2007. 
Excluding $2.8 million of expenses related to 1st Reverse, acquired in the second quarter of 2008, expenses increased $4.3 million 
or 5% over 2007.  As a result of continued growth efforts salaries, benefits, and other compensation increased $1.1 million while 
other operating expenses increased $1.2 million.  Included in other operating expenses was a $453,000 increase in FDIC charges 
due  to  increased  assessment  rates.    During  2008  the  investment  in  WSFS  franchise  included  the  opening  of  one  branch  in 
Selbyville,  Delaware,  the  relocation  of  another  branch  in  Smyrna,  Delaware,  and  the  previously  mentioned  acquisition  of 
branches.  Further, during 2008 professional fees increased $1.3 million as a result of legal fees reflecting increased costs relating 
to problem credits, reflecting credit costs associated with the challenging credit environment. 

Noninterest expenses increased $12.7 million to $82.0 million in 2007, or 18%, from $69.3 million in 2006. WSFS 
showed strong growth in 2007 which included the opening of three branch offices, one branch renovation, and the relocation 
of  our  corporate  headquarters.  As  a  result  of  this  growth,  the  number  of  full-time  associates  grew  to  599,  resulting  in 
increased salaries, benefits and other compensation of $4.3 million. This growth also affected both occupancy expense, which 
increased  by  $2.8  million,  and  other  operating  expenses,  which  increased  by  $1.9  million.  During  2007  our  marketing 
expenses increased $1.2 million, as a multi-year brand campaign was launched with the intent to leverage our Stellar Service 
model with the message “We Stand For Service.” Also during 2007, we recorded a $1.2 million expense related to the Visa 
antitrust lawsuit settlement with American Express and Discover.    

-39- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes.  We recorded a $7.0 million tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $13.5 million 
and $15.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  The effective tax rates for the years ended 
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were 30.1%, 31.2% and 34.0%, respectively.  The reduction in the 2008 effective tax rate 
is primarily the result of volatility in effective tax rates.  The reduction in the 2007 effective tax rate is primarily the result of a 
$1.7  million  tax  benefit  related  to  the  previously  discussed  donation  of  the  N.C.  Wyeth  mural.    The  provision  for  income 
taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes that are currently payable or deferred because of temporary differences 
between the financial reporting bases and the tax reporting bases of the assets and liabilities. 

We analyze our projection of taxable income and make adjustments to our provision for income taxes accordingly.  
For additional information regarding our tax provision and net operating loss carryforwards, see Note 12 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION 

Total assets increased $232.4 million, or 7%, during 2008 to $3.4 billion.  This increase was predominantly due to 
growth  in  net  loans,  which  grew  $209.9  million,  or  9%,  during  2008.   Total liabilities increased $227.1 million during the 
year  to  $3.2  billion  at  December  31,  2008.    This  increase  was  primarily  the  result  of  an  increase  in  customer  deposits  of 
$227.9 million, or 15% and brokered deposits of $62.2 million, or 25% during 2008.  Partially offsetting these increases was 
an $82.3 million, or 9% decrease in FHLB advances. 

Cash  in  non-owned  ATMs.    During  2008,  cash  in  non-owned  ATMs  managed  by  CashConnect,  our  ATM  unit,  increased 
$7.4 million, or 4%.  This increase was the result of an increase in the number of ATMs serviced by CashConnect from 9,976 
at December 31, 2007 to 10,031 at December 31, 2008.  Of these, 301 ATMs were WSFS owned and operated during 2008. 

Mortgage-backed  Securities.    Our  mortgage-backed  securities  are  predominantly  “plain-vanilla”,  AAA-rated  and  of  short 
duration.  Investments in mortgage-backed securities increased $1.4 million during 2008 to $498.2 million.  There were no 
sales of mortgage-backed securities during 2008.  The weighted average duration of the mortgage-backed securities was 2.9 
years at December 31, 2008. 

Investment Securities.  Our investment securities are comprised mostly of Federal Agency debt securities with a maturity of 
four years or less.  We own no Collateralized Debt Obligations, Bank Trust Preferred, Agency Preferred securities or equity 
securities in other FDIC insured banks or thrifts.      

Loans, net.  Net loans increased $209.9 million, or 9%, during 2008.  This included increases of $155.4 million, or 20%, in 
commercial loans, $67.6 million, or 9%, in commercial real estate loans, and $18.5 million, or 7%, in consumer loans. This 
increase was partially offset by a decrease of $24.7 million, or 6%, in residential mortgage loans. 

Customer  Deposits.    Customer  deposits  increased  $227.9  million,  or  15%,  during  2008  to  $1.7  billion.    During  2008  we 
acquired  six  Delaware  branches  from Sun National Bank, including $95.3 million in customer deposit accounts and paid a 
12%  premium  on  the  balances.    For  additional  information  regarding  this  transaction,  see  Note  20  to  the  Consolidated 
Financial  Statements.    Customer  time deposits (CDs) increased $129.0 million, or 25%, in 2008.  In addition, core deposit 
relationships (demand deposits, money market and savings accounts) increased $98.9 million, or 10%, during the year.  The 
table below depicts the changes in customer deposits over the last three years: 

Beginning balance…………………………………………………. 
Interest credited……………………………………………………. 
Deposit inflows, net……………………………………………….. 
Ending balance…………………………………………………….. 
Borrowings  and  Brokered  Certificates  of  Deposit.    Borrowings  and  brokered  certificates  of  deposit  decreased  by  $6.2 
million,  or  less  than  1%,  during  2008.    This  decrease  was  primarily  the  result  of  a  decrease  in  FHLB  advances  of  $82.3 
million,  or  9%.    Partially  offsetting  this  decrease  was  a  $62.2 million,  or  25%,  increase  in  brokered  deposits.    In  addition, 
other borrowed funds increased $14.0 million, or 15%. 

  $1,193.9 
26.3 
123.5 
  $1,343.7 

$1,479.2 
34.6 
193.3 
$1,707.1 

            Year Ended December 31, 
2008  

2006  

2007  
(In Millions) 
$1,343.7 
32.4 
103.1 
$1,479.2 

-40- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders' Equity.  Stockholders' equity increased $5.3 million to $216.6 million at December 31, 2008.  This increase 
included an increase of $7.4 million in comprehensive income and $3.0 million from the result of the exercise of common 
stock  options.  Partially  offsetting  these  decreases  was  the  purchase  of  73,500  shares  of  treasury  stock  for  $3.6  million.  At 
December  31,  2008,  we  held  9.6  million  shares  of  our  common  stock  as  treasury  stock.    Long-term,  it  is  our  intention  to 
return  some  of  our  earnings  to  shareholders  through  share  repurchases,  which  is  subject  to  approval  by  the  U.S.  Treasury, 
while maintaining adequate levels of capital.  In addition, we declared cash dividends totaling $2.8 million during 2008.   

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT 

Our primary asset/liability management goal is to maximize net interest income opportunities within the constraints of 

managing interest rate risk, while ensuring adequate liquidity and funding and maintaining a strong capital base.  

In  general,  interest  rate  risk  is  mitigated  by  closely  matching  the  maturities  or  repricing  periods  of  interest-sensitive 
assets and liabilities to ensure a favorable interest rate spread.  We regularly review our interest-rate sensitivity, and use a variety 
of strategies as needed to adjust that sensitivity within acceptable tolerance ranges established by management and the Board of 
Directors.  Changing the relative proportions of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate assets and liabilities is one of our primary strategies 
to accomplish this objective.   

The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are 
"interest-rate  sensitive"  and  by  monitoring  an  institution's  interest-sensitivity  gap.    An  interest-sensitivity  gap  is  considered 
positive when the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities repricing within a 
defined period, and is considered negative when the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest-
rate sensitive assets repricing within a defined period. 

-41- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The repricing and maturities of our interest-rate sensitive assets and interest-rate sensitive liabilities at December 31, 2008 are set 
forth in the following table: 

(Dollars in Thousands) 
Interest-rate sensitive assets: 
Real estate loans (1) (2) 
Commercial loans (2) 
Consumer loans (2) 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Loans held-for-sale (2) 
Investment securities 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 

Interest-rate sensitive liabilities: 
Money market and interest-bearing demand deposits 
Savings deposits 
Retail time deposits 
Jumbo certificates of deposit 
Brokered certificates of deposit 
FHLB advances 
Trust preferred borrowings 
Other borrowed funds 

(Deficiency) excess of interest-rate sensitive 
   assets over interest-rate liabilities 
   (“interest-rate sensitive gap”) 
One-year interest-rate sensitive assets/ 
   Interest-rate sensitive liabilities 
One-year interest-rate sensitive gap as a 
   Percent of total assets 

Less than 
One Year

One to 
Five Years

Over 
Five Years

Total

$   815,324
746,480
170,870
141,048
2,275
4,204

216  

1,880,417 

189,559
55,540
429,074
103,825
310,827
554,517
67,011
158,777
1,869,130  

$300,644
157,100
53,329
249,121
-
43,697
-
803,891

14
10
215,588
-
567
261,440
-
25,000 
502,619

$  117,258
39,340
72,529
108,036
-
41,092
-
378,255

351,968
152,818
1,240
-
-
-
-
-
506,026 

$1,233,226
942,920
296,728
498,205
2,275
88,993
216
3,062,563

541,541
208,368
645,902
103,825
311,394
815,957
67,011 
183,777
2,877,775

$ 11,287

$301,272

$(127,771)

$   184,788

100.60%

0.33%

Includes commercial mortgage, construction, and residential mortgage loans. 

(1) 
(2)  Loan balances exclude deferred fees and costs. 

Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, a positive gap would result in an increase in net interest income while a 
negative gap would adversely affect net interest income.  Conversely, during a period of falling rates, a positive gap would result 
in a decrease in net interest income while a negative gap would augment net interest income.  However, the interest-sensitivity 
table  does  not  provide  a  comprehensive  representation  of  the  impact  of  interest  rate  changes  on  net  interest  income.    Each 
category of assets or liabilities will not be affected equally or simultaneously by changes in the general level of interest rates.  
Even assets and liabilities which contractually reprice within the rate period may not, in fact, reprice at the same price or the same 
time or with the same frequency.  It is also important to consider that the table represents a specific point in time.  Variations can 
occur as we adjust our interest-sensitivity position throughout the year. 

To  provide  a  more  accurate  position  of  our  one-year  gap,  certain  deposit  classifications are based on the interest-rate 
sensitive  attributes  and  not  on  the  contractual  repricing  characteristics  of  these  deposits.    Management  estimates,  based  on 
historical trends of our deposit accounts, that 35% of money market and 13% of interest-bearing demand deposits are sensitive to 
interest rate changes and that 22% to 36% of savings deposits are sensitive to interest rate changes.  Accordingly, these interest-
sensitive portions are classified in the less than one-year category with the remainder in the over five-year category.   

Deposit rates other than time deposit rates are variable, and changes in deposit rates are generally subject to local market 

conditions and management's discretion and are not indexed to any particular rate.   

-42- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVERSE MORTGAGES 

We hold an investment in reverse mortgages of $(61,000) at December 31, 2008 representing a participation in 

reverse mortgages with a third party.  The loans supporting this balance were originated in the early 1990’s. 

Reverse mortgage loans are contracts that require the lender to make monthly advances throughout the borrower’s life or 
until the borrower relocates, prepays or the home is sold, at which time the loan becomes due and payable.  Reverse mortgages 
are  nonrecourse  obligations,  which  means  that  the  loan  repayments  are  generally  limited  to  the  net  sale  proceeds  of  the 
borrower’s residence. 

We  account  for  our  investment  in  reverse  mortgages  by  estimating  the  value  of  the  future  cash  flows  on  the  reverse 
mortgages at a rate deemed appropriate for these mortgages, based on the market rate for similar collateral.  Actual cash flows 
from the maturity of these mortgage loans can result in significant volatility in the recorded value of reverse mortgage assets.  As 
a result, income varies significantly from reporting period to reporting period.  For the year ended December 31, 2008, we lost 
$1.1 million in interest income on reverse mortgages as compared to posting income of $2.0 million in 2007 and $684,000 in 
2006.  The loss in 2008 primarily resulted from the decrease in the values of the properties securing these mortgages, based on 
annual re-evaluations and consistent with the decrease in home values over the past year. 

The  projected  cash  flows  depend  on  assumptions  about  life  expectancy  of  the  mortgagee  and  the  future  changes  in 
collateral  values.    Projecting  the  changes  in  collateral  values  is  the  most  significant  factor  impacting  the  volatility  of  reverse 
mortgage values.  Our current assumptions include a short-term annual appreciation rate of -8.0% in the first year, and a long-
term annual appreciation rate of 0.5% in future years.  If the long-term appreciation rate was increased to 1.5%, the resulting 
impact  on  income  would  have  been  $26,000.    Conversely,  if  the  long-term  appreciation  rate  was  decreased  to  -0.5%,  the 
resulting impact on income would have been $(22,000). 

We also hold $10.8 million in BBB+ rated mortgage-backed securities classified as trading and have options to acquire 
up  to  49.9%  of  Class  “O”  Certificates  issued  in  connection  with  securities  consisting  of  a  portfolio  of  reverse  mortgages  we 
previously owned.  The Class “O” Certificates are currently recorded on our financial statements at a zero value.  At the time of 
the  securitization,  the  third-party  securitizer  (Lehman  Brothers)  retained  100%  of  the  Class  “O”  Certificates  from  the 
securitization.    These  Class  “O”  Certificates  have  no  priority  over  other  classes  of  Certificates  under  the  Trust  and  no 
distributions  will  be  made  on  the  Class  “O”  Certificates  until,  among  other  conditions,  the  principal  amount  of  each  other 
class of notes has been reduced to zero.  The underlying assets, the reverse mortgages, are very long-term assets.  Therefore, 
any  cash flow that might inure to the holder of the Class “O” Certificates is not expected to occur until many years in the 
future.  Additionally, we can exercise our option on 49.9% of the Class “O” Certificates in up to five separate increments for 
an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 million any time between January 1, 2004 and the termination of the Securitization Trust. 
 The  option  to  purchase  the  Class  “O”  Certificates  does  not  meet  the  definition  of  a  derivative  under  SFAS  No.  133, 
Accounting for Derivative and Hedging Activities and is carried in our financial statements at cost.  During the third quarter of 
2008 Lehman Brothers filed for bankruptcy.  We are currently in discussions with legal counsel to determine our legal rights 
with respect to the Class “O” certificates.   

During 2006, we formed a new reverse mortgage initiative.  While our activity during the past two years has been 
limited to acting as a correspondent for these loans, it is our intention to originate and underwrite our own reverse mortgages 
in the future. We expect to sell most of these loans and do not intend to hold them in our portfolio.  These reverse mortgages 
are government approved and insured.   

NONPERFORMING ASSETS 

Nonperforming  assets,  which  include  nonaccruing  loans,  nonperforming  real  estate  investments  and  assets  acquired 
through foreclosure, can negatively affect our results of operations.  Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest 
has ceased.  Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in the opinion of management, collection is doubtful, or when 
principal  or  interest  is  past  due  90  days  or  more  and  the  value  of  the  collateral  is  insufficient  to  cover  principal  and  interest.  
Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income. 
In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status.  Subsequent cash 
receipts  are  applied  either  to  the  outstanding  principal  balance  or  recorded  as  interest  income,  depending  on  management's 

-43- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
assessment of the ultimate collectibility of principal and interest. Past due loans are defined as loans contractually past due 90 
days or more as to principal or interest payments but which remain in accrual status because they are considered well secured and 
in the process of collection. 

The following table sets forth our nonperforming assets and past due loans at the dates indicated: 

December 31,  
(Dollars in Thousands) 
Nonaccruing loans: 
Commercial 
Consumer 
Commercial mortgages 
Residential mortgages 
Construction 

Total nonaccruing  loans 
Assets acquired through foreclosure 
Restructured loans 
Total nonperforming assets 

Past due loans: 

Residential mortgages 
Commercial and commercial mortgages 
Consumer 

Total past due loans 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

$  986 
352 
5,748 
4,753 
16,595 
28,434 
4,471 
2,855 
$35,760 

$  17,187 
835 
3,873 
2,417 
6,794 
31,106 
703 
0 
$31,809 

$   1,313 
0 
26 
$   1,339 

$     388 
14 
173 
$     575 

$1,282 
557 
500 
1,493 
- 
3,832 
388 
0 
$4,220 

$219 
3 
29 
$251 

$  925 
155 
727 
1,567 
36 
3,410 
59 
0 
$3,469 

$327 
- 
59 
$386 

$1,595 
291 
909 
1,601 
- 
4,396 
217 
0 
$4,613 

$703 
- 
104 
$807 

Ratio of nonaccruing loans to total loans (1) 
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans (1) 
Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets 
Ratio of loan loss allowance to nonaccruing loans (2) 

1.15%
1.26%
1.04%

0.19% 
1.38%
1.34% 
1.12%
0.14% 
0.99%
108.30% 78.80% 705.32% 

0.19%
1.41%
0.12%

0.28%
1.56%
0.18%
709.47% 524.05%

(1)  Total loans exclude loans held-for-sale. 
(2)  The applicable allowance represents general valuation allowances only. 

Total nonperforming assets increased $4.0 million during 2008.  As a result, nonperforming assets as a percentage of 
total assets increased from 0.99% at December 31, 2007 to 1.04% at December 31, 2008.  Non-performing loans declined from 
December 31, 2007 level as exposures migrated to assets acquired through foreclosure and $8.4 million in losses were recognized 
on  construction  loans.  Restructured  loans  of  $2.9  million  contributed  to  the  increase  in  non-performing  assets.  All  of  the 
restructured  loans  are  residential  mortgage  loans  to  home  owners  and  represent  loans  in  which  we  have  made  concessions  in 
order to assist the borrower in making their payments.   

The following table provides an analysis of the change in the balance of nonperforming assets during the last three years: 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Beginning balance 

Additions 
Collections 
Transfers to accrual 
Charge-offs/write-downs 

Ending balance 

2008 

2007 

2006 

$   31,809 
48,152 
(26,574) 
(1,345) 
(16,282) 
$ 35,760 

$  4,220 
37,017 
(3,029) 
(295) 
(6,104) 
  $ 31,809 

$  3,469 
5,697 
(3,916) 
(453) 
(577) 
$  4,220 

As  of  December 31,  2008,  we  had  $70.2 million  of  loans,  which, although performing at that date, are believed to 
require increased supervision and review; and may, depending on the economic environment and other factors, become non-
performing assets in future periods. The amount of such loans at December 31, 2007 was $40.7 million. The majority of the 
-44- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
loans  are  secured  by  commercial  real  estate,  with  lesser  amounts  being  secured  by  residential  real  estate,  inventory  and 
receivables.  

Allowance for Loan Losses.  We maintain allowances for credit losses and charge losses to these allowances when such losses 
are  realized.    The  determination  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  requires  significant  judgement  reflecting  management’s  best 
estimate  of  probable  loan  losses  related  to  specifically  identified  loans  as  well  as  probable  loan  losses  in  the  remaining  loan 
portfolio.  Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of these portfolios. 

We  established  our  loan  loss  allowance  in  accordance  with  guidance  provided  in  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission’s  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin 102 (SAB 102).  Its methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance 
consists  of  several  key  elements  which  include:  specific  allowances  for  identified  problem  loans;  formula  allowances  for 
commercial and commercial real estate loans; and allowances for pooled homogenous loans.   

Specific reserves are established for certain loans in cases where management has identified significant conditions or 

circumstances related to a specific credit that management believes indicate the probability that a loss has been incurred.   

The  formula  allowances  for  commercial  and  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  calculated  by  applying  estimated  loss 
factors to outstanding loans based on the internal risk grade of loans.  For low risk commercial and commercial real estate loans 
the portfolio is pooled, based on internal risk grade, and estimates are based on a ten-year net charge-off history.  Higher risk and 
criticized loans have loss factors that are derived from an analysis of both the probability of default and the probability of loss 
should default occur.  Loss adjustment factors are applied based on criteria discussed below.  As a result, changes in risk grades 
of both performing and nonperforming loans affect the amount of the formula allowance.   

Pooled loans are loans that are usually smaller, not-individually-graded and homogenous in nature, such as consumer 
installment loans and residential mortgages.  Loan loss allowances for pooled loans are based on a ten-year net charge-off history. 
 The average loss allowance per homogenous pool is based on the product of average annual historical loss rate and the estimated 
duration of the pool multiplied by the pool balances.  These separate risk pools are assigned a reserve for losses based upon this 
historical loss information and loss adjustment factors.   

Historical  loss  adjustment  factors  are  based  upon  our  evaluation  of  various  current  conditions  including  those  listed 

below: 

  General economic and business conditions affecting our key lending areas, 
  Credit quality trends, 
  Recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, 
  Collateral values and loan-to-value ratios, 
  Loan volumes and concentrations, including changes in mix, 
  Seasoning of the loan portfolio, 
  Specific industry conditions within portfolio segments, 
  Bank regulatory examination results, and 
  Other factors, including changes in quality of the loan origination, servicing and risk management processes. 

Our loan officers and risk managers meet at least quarterly to discuss and review these conditions and risks associated 
with  individual  problem  loans.    In  addition,  various  regulatory  agencies,  as  an  integral  part  of  their  examination  process, 
periodically  review  our  allowance  for  such  losses.    We  also  give  consideration  to  the  results  of  these  regulatory  agency 
examinations. 

During 2008, the provision for loan losses were affected by increased credit-related costs due to the rapid deterioration in 
the economic environment during the fourth quarter: including (1) increased charge-offs; (2) a general migration to loans to lower 
credit grades; (3) higher reserves for new loans; (4) higher loss rate expectations; and (5) higher estimated reserves for economic 
conditions. 

-45- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below represents a summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses during the periods indicated: 

Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in Thousands) 
Beginning balance 
Provision for loan losses  

Charge-offs: 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate (1)  
Commercial  
Overdrafts (2) 
Consumer 
Total charge-offs 

Recoveries: 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate (1)  
Commercial 
Overdrafts (2) 
Consumer  
Total recoveries 

Net charge-offs 
Ending balance 

Net charge-offs to average gross loans outstanding,  
    net of unearned income 

(1) Includes commercial mortgage and construction loans.
(2) Prior to April 2006, overdraft charge-offs/recoveries    
      were recognized in other operating expense. 

2008

2007  

2006

2005

2004

$25,252
23,024

$27,384   $25,381
2,738

5,021  

$24,222 $22,386
3,217

2,582

628
12,195
1,992
1,327
1,697
17,839

7
12
100
384
249
752

41  
1,398  
4,379  
1,441  
790  
8,049  

75
-
470
607
483
1,635

90
104
1,048
-
631
1,873

222 
148 
656 
- 
817 
1,843 

11  
127  
173  
446  
139  
896  

14
170
343
217
156
900

59
42
209
-
140
450

32 
- 
335 
- 
95 
462 

17,087
$31,189

7,153  

735
$25,252   $27,384

1,423

1,381 
$25,381 $24,222 

0.74%

0.34% 

0.04% 

0.09% 0.10%

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is allocated by major portfolio type.  As these portfolios have developed, they have 
become  a  source  of  historical  data  in  projecting  delinquencies  and  loss  exposure;  however,  such  allocations  are  not  a 
guarantee of where future losses may occur.  While we have allocated the allowance for loan losses by portfolio type in the 
following table, the entire reserve is available for any loan portfolio to utilize.  The allocation of the allowance for loan losses 
by portfolio type at the end of each of the last five fiscal years, and the percentage of outstanding loans in each category to 
total gross outstanding, at such dates follow: 

December 31, 

(Dollars in Thousands) 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial 
Consumer 
Total  

LIQUIDITY 

2008  
Amount Percent

2007 

2006 

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

2005 
Amount Percent

2004 

Amount

Percent

$  2,480
10,656
12,510
5,543

17.1%
32.8%
38.1%
12.0%
$31,189 100.0%

$  1,304
12,151
8,088
3,709
$25,252

19.8%
32.9%
35.0%
12.3%
100.0%

$ 1,645
11,343
11,019
3,377
$27,384

23.1%
32.5%
31.5%
12.9%
100.0%

$  1,632
10,978
9,471
3,300

25.4%
32.7%
28.3%
13.6%
$25,381 100.0%

$  1,468
9,211
10,456
3,087
$24,222

28.1%
34.6%
23.7%
13.6%
100.0%

We  manage  our liquidity risk and funding needs through our treasury function and our Asset/Liability Committee.  
Historically, we have had success in growing our loan portfolio.  For example, during the year ended December 31, 2008, net 
loan growth resulted in the use of $236.7 million in cash.  The loan growth was primarily the result of our continued success 
increasing corporate and small business lending.  Management expects this trend to continue.  While our loan-to-deposit ratio 
has  been  well  above  100%  for  many  years,  management  has  significant  experience  managing  its  funding  needs  through 
borrowings and deposit growth.  

-46- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 As a financial institution, we have ready access to several sources of funding.  Among these are: 

  Deposit growth 
  Brokered deposits 
  Borrowing from the FHLB 
  Fed Discount Window access 
  Other borrowings such as repurchase agreements 
  Cash flow from securities and loan sales and repayments 
  Net income. 

Our current branch expansion and renovation program is focused on expanding our retail footprint in Delaware and 
attracting new customers to provide additional deposit growth.  Customer deposit growth was strong, equaling $227.9 million, 
or 15% between December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008. 

  Our portfolio of high-quality, liquid investments, primarily short-duration AAA-rated, mortgage-backed securities 
and Agency notes also provide a source of cash flow to meet current cash needs.  If needed, portions of this portfolio, as well 
as portions of the loan portfolio, could be sold to provide cash to fund new loans.  During the year ended December 31, 2008, 
$46.4 million in cash was provided by operating activities. 

We have a policy that separately addresses liquidity, and management monitors our adherence to policy limits.  As 
part of the liquidity management process, we also monitor our available wholesale funding capacity.  At December 31, 2008, 
we  had  $267.4  million  in  funding  capacity  at  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  Pittsburgh  and  $546.7  million  in  estimated 
funding capacity in brokered deposits.  Also, liquidity risk management is a primary area of examination by the OTS.   

We have not used and have no intention of using any significant off balance sheet financing arrangement for liquidity 
management  purposes.    Our  financial  instruments  with  off  balance  sheet  risk  are  limited  to  obligations  to  fund  loans  to 
customers pursuant to existing commitments and obligations of letters of credit.  In addition, we have not had and have no 
intention to have any significant transactions, arrangements or other relationships with any unconsolidated, limited purpose 
entities that could materially affect our liquidity or capital resources.  

CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Federal  laws,  among  other  things,  require  the  OTS  to  mandate  uniformly  applicable  capital  standards  for  all  savings 
institutions.    These  standards  currently  require  institutions  such  as  us  to  maintain  a  "tangible"  capital  ratio  equal  to  1.5%  of 
adjusted total assets, "core" (or "leverage") capital equal to 4.0% of adjusted total assets, "Tier 1" capital equal to 4.0% of "risk-
weighted"  assets  and  total  "risk-based"  capital  (a  combination  of  core  and  "supplementary"  capital)  equal  to  8.0%  of  "risk-
weighted" assets.   

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), as well as other requirements, established five 
capital  tiers:  well-capitalized,  adequately-capitalized,  under-capitalized,  significantly  under-capitalized  and  critically  under- 
capitalized.  A depository institution's capital tier depends upon its capital levels in relation to various relevant capital measures, 
which include leverage and risk-based capital measures and certain other factors.  Depository institutions that are not classified as 
well-capitalized  are  subject  to  various  restrictions  regarding  capital  distributions,  payment  of  management  fees,  acceptance  of 
brokered deposits and other operating activities.   

At December 31, 2008, we are classified as well-capitalized, the highest regulatory defined level, and in compliance with 
all regulatory capital requirements.  Additional information concerning our regulatory capital compliance is included in Note 10 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Since  1996,  the  Board  of  Directors  has  approved  several  stock  repurchase  programs  to  acquire  common  stock 
outstanding.    As  part  of  these  programs,  we  acquired  approximately  73,500  shares  in  2008  and  564,100  shares  in  2007.    At 
December 31, 2008, we held 9.6 million shares of our common stock as treasury shares.   At December 31, 2008, we had 506,000 
shares remaining under our current share repurchase authorization. 

-47- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  January  23,  2009,  under  the  U.S.  Treasury’s  Capital  Purchase  Plan  (“CPP”),  we  sold  52,625  shares  of  senior 
preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury, having a liquidation amount equal to $1,000 per share, or $52.6 million.  Although we 
are currently well-capitalized under regulatory guidelines, the Board of Directors believed it was advisable to take advantage 
of  the  CPP  to  raise  additional  capital  to  ensure  that  during  these  uncertain  times,  we  are  well-positioned  to  support  our 
existing operations as well as anticipated future growth.   Additional information concerning the CPP is included in Note 21 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

As part of the CPP program, any share repurchases or increase in the dividend level from the September 2008 

quarterly payment of $0.12 per share, must be approved by the U.S. Treasury department. 

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

  We have no off balance sheet arrangements that currently have, or are reasonably likely to have, a material future effect 
on  our  financial  condition,  changes  in  financial  condition,  revenues  or  expenses,  results  of  operations,  liquidity,  capital 
expenditures or capital resources.  Additional information concerning our off balance sheet arrangements is included in Note 14 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 

At December 31, 2008, we had contractual obligations relating to operating leases, long-term debt, data processing 

and credit obligations.  These obligations are summarized below.  See Notes 7, 9 and 14 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements for further discussion. 

(In Thousands) 
Operating lease obligations 
Long-term debt obligations 
Data processing contracts 
Credit obligations 
Total 

Total

Less than
1 Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

$     54,616
882,968
4,674
700,540
$1,642,798

$       5,323
471,562
3,683
700,540
$1,181,108

$    10,060
302,372
991
-
$313,423

$  8,535
42,023
-
-
$50,558

More than
5 Years

$30,698
67,011
-
-
$97,709

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES 

  Our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles,  which  require  the  measurement  of  financial  position  and  operating  results  in  terms  of  historical  dollars  without 
consideration of the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.  The impact of inflation is 
reflected in the increased costs of our operations.  Unlike most industrial companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are 
monetary.  As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation.  
Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or the same extent as the price of goods and services. 

RECENT LEGISLATION 

The economy is experiencing significantly reduced business activity as a result of, among other factors, disruptions in 
the financial system during the past year. Declines in the housing market during the past year, due to falling home prices and 
increased foreclosures and unemployment, have resulted in substantial declines in mortgage-related asset values, which has 
had a dramatic negative impact on government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks. 

-48- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reflecting  concern  about  the  stability  of  the  finance  markets  in  general  and  the  strength  of  counterparties,  many 
lenders  and  institutional  investors  have  reduced,  and  in  some  cases,  ceased,  to  provide  funding  and  liquidity  to  borrowers, 
including other financial institutions. In response to the financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets and 
going  concern  threats  to  investment  banks  and  other  financial  institutions,  on  October  3,  2008,  the  Emergency  Economic 
Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) was signed into law. Pursuant to the EESA, specifically the Troubled Asset Relief 
Program (“TARP”) thereunder, the U.S. Treasury will have the authority to, among other things, purchase up to $700 billion 
of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of 
stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets. 

On  October  14,  2008,  the  Secretary  of  the  Department  of  the  Treasury  announced  the  Department  of  the Treasury 
will purchase equity stakes in a wide variety of banks and thrifts through TARP’s CPP. Under this program, from the $700 
billion authorized by the EESA, the Treasury made $250 billion of capital available to U.S. financial institutions in the form 
of  preferred  stock.  In  conjunction  with  the  purchase  of  preferred  stock,  the  Treasury  received,  from  participating  financial 
institutions,  warrants  to  purchase  common  stock  with  an  aggregate  market  price  equal  to  15%  of  the  preferred  stock 
investment.  Participating  financial  institutions  were  required  to  adopt  the  Treasury’s  standards  for  executive  compensation 
and corporate governance for the period during which the Treasury holds equity in such institution issued under the CPP. 

On November 21, 2008, the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final rule relating to the Temporary Liquidity 
Guarantee Program (the “TLGP”).  The TLGP was announced by the FDIC on October 14, 2008, after the determination of 
systemic risk by the Secretary of the Department of Treasury (after consultation with the President), as an initiative to counter 
the  system-wide  crisis  in  the  nation’s  financial sector.  Under the TLGP the FDIC will (i) guarantee, through the earlier of 
maturity or June 30, 2012, certain newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions on or after October 
14, 2008, and before June 30, 2009 and (ii) provide full FDIC insurance deposit insurance coverage for noninterest bearing 
transaction deposit accounts, Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts paying less than 0.5% interest per annum 
and  Interest  on  Lawyers  Trust  Accounts  (“IOLTA”)  accounts  held  at  participating  FDIC-insured  institutions  through 
December 31, 2009.  Coverage under the TLGP was available for  the first 30 days without charge.  The fee assessment for 
coverage  of  senior  unsecured  debt  ranges  from  50  basis  points  to  100  basis  points  per  annum,  depending  on  the  initial 
maturity of the debt.  The fee assessment for deposit insurance coverage is 10 basis points per quarter on amounts in covered 
accounts exceeding $250,000. 

On February 10, 2009, the U.S. Treasury and the federal bank regulatory agencies announced in a Joint Statement a 
new Financial Stability Plan which would include additional capital support for banks under a Capital Assistance Program, a 
public-private  investment  fund  to  address  existing  bank  loan  portfolios  and  expanded  funding  for the FRB's pending Term 
Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility to restart lending and the securitization markets. 

On  February 17,  2009,  the  American  Recovery  and  Reinvestment  Act  of  2009  ("ARRA")  was  signed  into  law  by 
President  Obama.  The  ARRA  includes  a  wide  variety  of  programs  intended  to  stimulate  the  economy  and  provide  for 
extensive  infrastructure,  energy,  health,  and  education  needs.  In  addition,  the  ARRA  imposes  certain  new  executive 
compensation and corporate expenditure limits on all current and future TARP recipients until the institution has repaid the 
U.S. Treasury, which is now permitted under the ARRA without penalty and without the need to raise new capital, subject to 
the U.S. Treasury's consultation with the recipient's appropriate regulatory agency.  

The executive compensation standards under ARRA are more stringent than those currently in effect under the CPP 
or  those  previously  proposed  by  the  U.S.  Treasury.  The  new  standards  include  (but  are  not  limited  to)  (i)  prohibitions  on 
bonuses, retention awards and other incentive compensation, other than restricted stock grants which do not fully vest during 
the TARP period up to one-third of an employee's total annual compensation, (ii) prohibitions on golden parachute payments 
for  departure  from  a  company,  (iii)  an  expanded  clawback  of  bonuses,  retention  awards,  and  incentive  compensation  if 
payment  is  based  on  materially  inaccurate  statements  of  earnings,  revenues,  gains  or  other  criteria,  (iv)  prohibitions  on 
compensation plans that encourage manipulation of reported earnings, (v) retroactive review of bonuses, retention awards and 
other  compensation  previously  provided  by  TARP  recipients  if  found  by  the  U.S.  Treasury  to  be  inconsistent  with  the 
purposes of TARP or otherwise contrary to public interest, (vi) required establishment of a company-wide policy regarding 
"excessive or luxury expenditures," and (vii) inclusion in a participant's proxy statements for annual shareholder meetings of a 
nonbinding "Say on Pay" shareholder vote on the compensation of executives. 

-49- 

 
 
 
  
  
  
On February 23, 2009, the U.S. Treasury and the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a Joint Statement providing 
further guidance with respect to the Capital Assistance Program ("CAP") announced February 10, 2009, including: (i) that the 
CAP  will  be  initiated  on  February  25,  2009  and  will  include  "stress  test"  assessments  of  major  banks  and  that  should  the 
"stress test" indicate that an additional capital buffer is warranted, institutions will have an opportunity to turn first to private 
sources  of  capital;  otherwise  the  temporary  capital  buffer  will  be  made available from the government; (ii) such additional 
government capital will be in the form of mandatory convertible preferred shares, which would be converted into common 
equity  shares  only  as  needed  over  time  to  keep  banks  in  a  well-capitalized  position  and  can  be  retired  under  improved 
financial conditions before the conversion becomes mandatory; and (iii) previous capital injections under the CPP will also be 
eligible to be exchanged for the mandatory convertible preferred shares. The conversion of preferred shares to common equity 
shares would enable institutions to maintain or enhance the quality of their capital by increasing their tangible common equity 
capital ratios; however, such conversions would necessarily dilute the interests of existing shareholders.  

On February 25, 2009, the first day the CAP program was initiated, the U.S. Treasury released the actual terms of the 
program, stating that the purpose of the CAP is to restore confidence throughout the financial system that the nation's largest 
banking institutions have a sufficient capital cushion against larger than expected future losses, should they occur due to more 
a more severe economic environment, and to support lending to creditworthy borrowers. Under the CAP terms, eligible U.S. 
banking  institutions  with  assets  in  excess  of  $100  billion  on  a  consolidated  basis  are  required  to  participate  in  coordinated 
supervisory assessments, which are forward-looking "stress test" assessments to evaluate the capital needs of the institution 
under  a  more  challenging  economic  environment.  Should  this  assessment  indicate  the  need  for  the  bank  to  establish  an 
additional capital buffer to withstand more stressful conditions, these institutions may access the CAP immediately as a means 
to establish any necessary additional buffer or they may delay the CAP funding for six months to raise the capital privately. 
Eligible U.S. banking institutions with assets below $100 billion may also obtain capital from the CAP. The CAP program is 
an additional program from the CPP and is open to eligible institutions regardless of whether they participated in the CPP. 
The deadline to apply to the CAP is May 25, 2009. Recipients of capital under the CAP will be subject to the same executive 
compensation requirements as if they had received the CPP. 

On February 27, 2009, the FDIC proposed amendments to the restoration plan for the Deposit Insurance Fund.  This 
amendment proposes the imposition of a 20 basis point emergency special assessment on insured depository institutions as of 
June 30, 2009.  On March 5, 2009, FDIC Chairman Sheila Bair announced that if Congress adopts legislation expanding the 
FDIC’s line of credit with Treasury from $30 billion to $100 billion, the FDIC might have the flexibility to reduce the special 
emergency  assessment,  possibly  from 20 to 10 basis points.  The assessment is proposed to be collected on September 30, 
2009.  The interim rule would also permit the FDIC to impose an emergency special assessment after June 30, 2009, of up to 
ten  basis  points  if  necessary  to  maintain  public  confidence  in  federal  deposit  insurance.    This  special  assessment  if 
implemented as proposed will have a significant impact on the results of operations of the Company for 2009. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The  discussion  and  analysis  of  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are  based  on  the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements, which are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  The preparation 
of  these  Financial  Statements  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  affecting  the  reported  amounts  of 
assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses.  We regularly evaluate these estimates and assumptions including those related to the 
allowance for loan losses, contingencies (including indemnifications), and deferred taxes. We base our estimates on historical 
experience and various other factors and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.  These form 
the basis for making judgements on the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. 

-50- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following are critical accounting policies that involve more significant judgements and estimates: 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

We maintain allowances for credit losses and charge losses to these allowances when realized.  The determination of the 
allowance for loan losses requires significant judgement reflecting our best estimate of probable loan losses related to specifically 
identified  loans  as  well  as  those  in  the  remaining  loan  portfolio.    Our  evaluation  is  based  upon  a  continuing  review  of  these 
portfolios, with consideration given to evaluations resulting from examinations performed by regulatory authorities. 

As part of our problem loan management process, we may, from time to time, make decisions to protect our interests 
which may affect the basis in a problem loan or our estimate of the realizable value of a problem loan. For example, to improve 
our first lien position in a non-accrual loan, in August 2008 we purchased a note related to this non-accrual loan from another 
lender  for  up  to  $1  million.    Related  to  the  same  credit,  in  August  2008,  we  made  a  loan  to  an  interested  third  party  that  is 
expected to add up to $2.8 million to its estimated realizable value.  

Contingencies (Including Indemnifications) 

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to legal actions, which involve claims for monetary relief.  Based 
upon information presently available to us and our counsel, it is our opinion that any legal and financial responsibility arising 
from such claims will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

We maintain a loss contingency for standby letters of credit and charge losses to this reserve when such losses are 
realized.    The  determination  of  the  loss  contingency  for  standby  letters  of  credit  requires  significant  judgement  reflecting 
management’s best estimate of probable losses.   

The Bank, as successor to originators of reverse mortgages is, from time to time, involved in arbitration or litigation 
with  various  parties  including  borrowers  or  the  heirs  of  borrowers.    Because  reverse  mortgages  are  a  relatively  new  and 
uncommon product, there can be no assurances about how the courts or arbitrators may apply existing legal principles to the 
interpretation and enforcement of the terms and conditions of the Bank’s reverse mortgage obligations. 

Deferred Taxes 

We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (SFAS 109), which 
requires the recording of deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying 
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for  income  tax  purposes.  We have 
assessed  our  valuation  allowances  on  deferred  income  taxes  resulting  from,  among  other  things,  limitations  imposed  by 
Internal Revenue Code and uncertainties, including the timing of settlement and realization of these differences. 

Fair Value Measurements 

 On January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 157, 

Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, 
establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. See 
Note 15, to our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”).  This Statement 
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands 
disclosures about fair value measurements.  Additionally, it establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information 
used  to  develop  those  assumptions.  SFAS  157  is  effective  for  financial  statements  issued  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years.  The adoption of SFAS 157 did not have a material impact 
on our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

-51- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In September 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a final consensus on Issue 06-04, Accounting 
for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements.  In 
accordance  with  the  EITF  consensus,  an  agreement  by  an  employer  to  share  a  portion  of  the  proceeds  of  a  life  insurance 
policy with an employee during the postretirement period is a postretirement benefit arrangement required to be accounted for 
in accordance with SFAS No. 106 Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions (“SFAS 106”) or 
Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 12, Omnibus Opinion — 1967. Furthermore, the purchase of a split dollar 
life  insurance  policy  does  not  constitute  a  settlement  under  SFAS  106  and,  therefore,  a  liability  for  the  postretirement 
obligation must be recognized under SFAS 106 if the benefit is offered under an arrangement that constitutes a plan or under 
Accounting Principles Board No. 12 if it is not part of a plan. The provisions of EITF Issue 06-04 are to be applied through 
either  a  cumulative-effect  adjustment  to  retained  earnings  as  of  the  beginning  of  the  year  of  adoption  or  retrospective 
application.  We  adopted  this  statement  on  January 1,  2008  and  it  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our  Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial 
Liabilities—Including  an  amendment  of  FASB  Statement  No.  115  (“SFAS  159”).    SFAS  159  permits  entities  to  choose  to 
measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.  Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the 
fair value option has been elected are recognized in earnings at each subsequent reporting date.  We adopted SFAS 159 on 
January 1, 2008 and it did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.  

On November 5, 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded at 
Fair  Value  through  Earnings  (“SAB  109”).  Previously,  SAB  105,  Application  of  Accounting  Principles  to  Loan 
Commitments, stated that in measuring the fair value of a derivative loan commitment, a company should not incorporate the 
expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan. SAB 109 supersedes SAB 105 and indicates that 
the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan should be included in measuring fair value 
for all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings.  SAB 105 also indicated that internally-
developed intangible assets should not be recorded as part of the fair value of a derivative loan commitment, and SAB 109 
retains  that  view.  SAB  109  was  effective  for  derivative  loan  commitments  issued  or  modified  in  fiscal  quarters  beginning 
after December 15, 2007 and did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141(R)”). This 
Statement changes the requirements for an acquirer’s recognition and measurement of the assets acquired and the liabilities 
assumed  in  a  business  combination.  SFAS  141(R)  is  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  after  December 15,  2008  and 
should be applied prospectively for all business combinations entered into after the date of adoption.   

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements 
—  an  amendment  of  ARB  No. 51  (“SFAS 160”).  This  Statement  requires  (i) that  noncontrolling  (minority) interests  be 
reported  as  a  component  of  shareholders’  equity,  (ii) that  net  income  attributable  to  the  parent  and  to  the  noncontrolling 
interest be separately identified in the consolidated statement of operations, (iii) that changes in a parent’s ownership interest 
while the parent retains its controlling interest be accounted for as equity transactions, (iv) that any retained noncontrolling 
equity  investment  upon  the  deconsolidation  of  a  subsidiary  be  initially  measured  at  fair  value,  and  (v) that  sufficient 
disclosures  are  provided  that  clearly  identify  and  distinguish  between  the  interests  of  the  parent  and  the  interests  of  the 
noncontrolling owners. SFAS 160 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2008 and should be applied 
prospectively. However, the presentation and disclosure requirements of the statement shall be applied retrospectively for all 
periods presented. We do not believe the adoption of SFAS 160 will have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial 
Statements. 

In  March  2008,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  161,  Disclosure  about  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities 
(“SFAS 161”).  This statement changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities.  Entities 
are required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative 
instruments and related hedges are accounted for under Statement 133 and its related interpretations and (c) how derivative 
instruments and related hedged affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows.  This statement is 
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008.  We do not 
believe the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“SFAS 
162”).  This statement identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles to be used 
-52- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  of  nongovernmental  entities  that  are  presented  in  conformity  with  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  United  States.    SFAS  162  is  effective  60  days  following  the  SEC’s  approval  of  the 
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity 
With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.  We do not believe the adoption of this standard will have a material impact 
on our Consolidated Financial Statements.   

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

  Market  risk  is  the  risk  of  loss  from  adverse  changes  in  market  prices  and  rates.    Our  market  risk  arises  primarily  from 
interest  rate  risk  inherent  in  our  lending,  investing  and  funding  activities.    To  that  end,  we  actively  monitor  and  manage  our 
interest  rate  risk  exposure.    One  measure  required  to  be  performed  by  the  Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  (OTS)-regulated 
institutions is the test specified by OTS Thrift Bulletin No. 13A, Management of Interest Rate Risk, Investment Securities and 
Derivatives Activities.  This test measures the impact on the net portfolio value of an immediate change in interest rates in 100 
basis  point  increments.    Net  portfolio  value  is  defined  as  the  net  present  value  of  the  estimated  cash  flows  from  assets  and 
liabilities as a percentage of the net present value of assets.  The following table is the estimated impact of immediate changes in 
interest rates on our net interest margin and net portfolio value at the specified levels at December 31, 2008 and 2007, calculated 
in compliance with Thrift Bulletin No. 13A: 

December 31, 
  Change in 
Interest Rate 
(Basis 
Points) 

+300 
+200 
+100 
     0 
-100 
      -200 (3)  
      -300 (3)  

2008 

% Change in 
Net Interest  
 Margin (1) 

Net Portfolio  
   Value (2)  

2007 

% Change in 
Net Interest  
 Margin (1) 

Net Portfolio 
   Value (2) 

-9% 
-6% 
-3% 
0% 
-2% 
NMF 
NMF 

7.92% 
8.17% 
8.37% 
8.50% 
8.43% 
NMF 
NMF 

+2% 
+2% 
+1% 
0% 
-1% 
-2% 
-4% 

9.70% 
10.27% 
10.72% 
11.01% 
11.04% 
11.10% 
11.25% 

(1)  The  percentage  difference  between  net  interest  margin  in  a  stable  interest  rate  environment  and  net  interest  margin  as  projected  under  the  various  rate 

environment changes. 

(2)  Our net portfolio value in a stable interest rate environment and the net portfolio value as projected under the various rate environment changes. 

(3)  Sensitivity indicated by a decrease of 200 and 300 basis points may not be particularly meaningful (NMF) at December 31, 2008 given the historically low 

absolute level of interest rates at that date.  OTS regulators are currently only monitoring rate shocks of -100 to +300 basis points. 

Our primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to minimize the adverse impact of changes in interest rates on net 
interest  income  and  capital,  while  maximizing  the  yield/cost  spread  on  our  asset/liability  structure.    We  rely  primarily  on  our 
asset/liability structure to control interest rate risk. 

We also engage in other business activities that are sensitive to changes in interest rates.  For example, mortgage banking 

revenues and expenses can fluctuate with changing interest rates.  These fluctuations are difficult to model and estimate. 

-53- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders  
WSFS Financial Corporation: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statement  of  condition  of  WSFS  Financial  Corporation  and subsidiaries (the 
Company) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' 
equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008.  These consolidated financial 
statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.    Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these 
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures 
in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position 
of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their 
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted 
accounting principles. 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 123(revised), Share-
Based Payment, a revision of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, effective January 1, 2006,  
FASB  Interpretation  No.  48,  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes,  an  interpretation  of  FASB  Statement  No.  109, 
effective January 1, 2007, and FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, effective January 1, 2008. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-
Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO),  and  our 
report  dated  March  16,  2009  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal    control  over 
financial reporting. 

/s/ KPMG LLP                  
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
March 16, 2009 

-54- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 

Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 
Interest income: 
Interest and fees on loans 
Interest on mortgage-backed securities 
Interest and dividends on investment securities 
Interest on investments in reverse mortgages 
Other interest income 

Interest expense:  
Interest on deposits  
Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Interest on federal funds purchased and securities  
     sold under agreements to repurchase 
Interest on trust preferred borrowings 
Interest on other borrowings 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 

Noninterest income: 
Credit/debit card and ATM income  
Deposit service charges 
Loan fee income 
Investment advisory income  
Bank-owned life insurance income 
Mortgage banking activities, net 
Securities gains (losses)  
Non-recurring gains, net  
Other income 

Noninterest expenses:  
Salaries, benefits and other compensation 
Occupancy expense 
Equipment expense 
Data processing and operations expense 
Marketing expense 
Professional fees 
Other operating expenses 

Income before minority interest and taxes 
Less minority interest 
Income before taxes 
Income tax provision 
Net income 
Earnings per share: 
Basic 
Diluted 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Financial Statements. 

-55- 

2008

2007

2006

$140,661
23,984
1,331
(1,077)
1,578
166,477

39,809
29,620

2,397
3,275
2,157
77,258
89,219
23,024
66,195

17,229
16,484
3,696
2,395
1,786
148
139
-
4,112
45,989

46,654
8,416
6,174
4,216
3,920
4,082
15,636
89,098
23,086
-
23,086
6,950
$  16,136

$2.62
$2.57

$159,512
24,237
1,353
2,007
2,368
189,477

57,311
38,561

3,153
4,753
3,690
107,468
82,009
5,021
76,988

19,750
15,419
2,384
2,465
2,269
217
82
1,979
3,601
48,166

43,662
8,280
5,616
4,062
3,911
2,662
13,838
82,031
43,123

$143,629
28,444
1,884
684
2,536
177,177

42,707
45,878

3,790
5,053
1,850
99,278
77,899
2,738
75,161

18,835
12,250
1,824
2,399
3,976
225
(1,981)
-
2,777
40,305

39,369
5,508
4,393
3,511
2,713
2,070
11,750
69,314
46,152

-51

43,123
13,474
$  29,649

$4.69
$4.55

46,101
15,660
$  30,441

$4.59
$4.41

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONDITION 

Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 
Assets 
Cash and due from banks 
Cash in non-owned ATMs 
Federal funds sold 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 
Total cash and cash equivalents 

Investment securities held-to-maturity  (fair value: 2008-$1,071; 2007-$1,498)
Investment securities available-for-sale including reverse mortgages
Mortgage-backed securities-available-for-sale 
Mortgage-backed securities-trading 
Loans held-for-sale 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $31,189 at December 31, 2008  
     and $25,252 at December 31, 2007 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, at cost 
Assets acquired through foreclosure 
Premises and equipment 
Accrued interest receivable and other assets
Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 

Liabilities: 
Deposits: 

Noninterest-bearing demand 
Interest-bearing demand  
Money market  
Savings 
Time 
Jumbo certificates of deposit - customer 

          Total customer deposits  

Other jumbo certificates of deposit 
Brokered deposits 
           Total deposits 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Trust preferred borrowings 
Other borrowed funds 
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Minority Interest 

Stockholders' Equity: 
Serial preferred stock $.01 par value, 7,500,000 shares authorized;  
     none issued and outstanding 
Common stock $.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized; issued 15,739,768  
     at December 31, 2008 and 15,673,865 at December 31, 2007 
Capital in excess of par value  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Retained earnings 
Treasury stock at cost, 9,580,569 shares at December 31, 2008 and 9,507,069 
     shares at December 31, 2007 
Total stockholders' equity 

Total liabilities, minority interest and stockholders' equity 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Financial Statements. 

-56- 

2008

2007

$    58,377
189,965
-
216
248,558
1,181
48,507
487,389
10,816
2,275

2,441,560
59,337
39,305
4,471
34,966
54,195

$    83,936
182,523
-
1,078
267,537
1,516
26,756
484,428
12,364
2,404

2,231,576
57,551
45,537
703
34,851
34,965

$3,432,560

$3,200,188

$   311,322
214,749
326,792
208,368
450,056
195,846

1,707,133
103,825
311,394

2,122,352

75,000
815,957
67,011
108,777
26,828

$  290,424
171,363
303,931
196,571
366,717
150,191

1,479,197
98,758
249,206

1,827,161

75,000
898,280
67,011
94,869
26,537

3,215,925

2,988,858

-

-

-

-

157
87,033
(12,613)
390,338

157
83,077
(3,861)
376,682

(248,280)

(244,725)

216,635
$3,432,560

211,330
$3,200,188

 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

(In Thousands) 
Balance, December 31, 2005 
Comprehensive income: 
    Net income 
    Other comprehensive loss (1) 
Total comprehensive income 
Adjustment to initially apply FASB  

    Statement No. 158, net of tax  $(344) 
Cash dividend, $0.31 per share 
Issuance of common stock, 
    including proceeds from exercise  
    of common stock options 
Treasury stock at cost, 103,400 shares 
Issuance of restricted stock 
Tax benefit from exercises of  
    common stock options 
Balance, December 31, 2006  

Comprehensive income: 
    Net income 
    Other comprehensive income (1) 
Total comprehensive income 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting 
    principle related to the adoption of FIN 48 
Cash dividend, $0.38 per share 
Issuance of common stock,  
    including proceeds from exercise of 
    common stock options  
Treasury stock at cost, 564,100 shares 
Issuance of restricted stock 
Tax liability from exercises of  
    common stock options 
Balance, December 31, 2007  

Comprehensive income: 
    Net income 
    Other comprehensive income (1) 
Total comprehensive income 
Cash dividend, $0.46 per share 
Issuance of common stock,  
    including proceeds from exercise of 
    common stock options   
Treasury stock at cost, 73,500 shares 
Issuance of restricted stock 
Reclassification adjustment of negative  
minority interest  

Tax benefit from exercises of  
    common stock options 
Balance, December 31, 2008 

Capital in 
Excess of 
Par Value 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss 

Common 
Stock  

Retained 
Earnings 

Treasury 
Stock 

Total 
Stockholders’ 
Equity 

$ 154

$74,673

$(9,968)

$319,065

$(201,949)

$181,975

-
-

-
-

2
-
-

-
-

-
-

4,610
-
286

-
1,956

30,441
-

(561)
-

-
(2,058)

-
-

-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
(6,603)
-

30,441
1,956
32,397

(561)
(2,058)

4,612
(6,603)
286

-
$ 156

2,011
$81,580

-
$(8,573)

-
$347,448

-
$(208,552)

2,011
$212,059

-
-
-

-
(36,173)
-

-
$157

(2,437)
$83,077

-
$(3,861)

-
$376,682

-
$(244,725)

-
-

-
-

1
-
-

-
-

-
-

3,704
-
230

-
-

-

-
-
-

-

-
-

-

2,391
-
202

-

-
4,712

29,649
-

1,988
(2,403)

-
(8,752)

16,136
-

(2,832)

-
-

-
-
-

-

-
-
-

-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

29,649
4,712
34,361

1,988
(2,403)

3,705
(36,173)
230

(2,437)
$211,330

16,136
(8,752)
7,384
(2,832)

2,391
(3,555)
202

-
-
-

-
(3,555)
-

352

-

352

-
$157

1,363
$87,033

-
$(12,613)

-
$390,338

-
$(248,280)

1,363
$216,635

-57- 

 
 
 
 
 
(1)  Other Comprehensive Income: 

Net unrealized holding (losses) gains on securities available-for-sale arising during the 
    period, net of taxes (2008 - $(5,364); 2007 - $2,855; 2006 - $261) 
Actuarial gain reclassified to periodic cost, 
    net of income taxes (2007 - $42) 
Transition obligation reclassified to periodic cost, 
    net of income taxes (2007 - $23) 
Net unrealized holding gains arising during the period on derivatives  
    net of taxes (2006 - $163) 
Reclassification for losses (gains) included in income,  net of taxes (2007 - $(31); 
    2006 - $753) 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Financial Statements. 

2008

2007

2006

$(8,752)

$4,657

$   426

-

-

-

68

38

-

-
$(8,752)

(51)
$4,712

-

-

302

1,228
$1,956

-58- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by  
     operating activities: 

Provision for loan losses 
Depreciation, accretion and amortization 
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets
Origination of loans held-for-sale 
Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale 
Gain on mortgage banking activity 
Loss on mark to market adjustment on trading securities
Gain on sale of credit card portfolio 
Securities gain from the sale of Visa, Inc. common stock
Gain on sale of former headquarters building 
(Gain) loss on sale of investments 
Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax benefit recognized
Excess tax (benefits) liability from share-based payment arrangements
Minority interest in net income 
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Loss (gain) on sale of assets acquired through foreclosure and valuation adjustments
Increase in value of bank-owned life insurance 
Decrease (increase) in capitalized interest, net 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities: 

Maturities of investment securities 
Sales of investment securities available-for-sale
Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale
Sales of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
Repayments of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
Purchases of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
Repayments on reverse mortgages 
Disbursements for reverse mortgages 
Purchase of 1st Reverse Financial Services 
Acquisition of branches 
Sales of loans 
Purchase of Cypress Capital Management, LLC
Purchase of ATM vault cash business 
Purchases of loans 
Payment of bank-owned life insurance 
Net increase in loans 
Net decrease (increase) in stock of Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh
Increase in assets acquired through foreclosure, net
Sale of credit card portfolio 
Proceeds from the sale of Visa, Inc. shares 
Sale of former headquarters building 
Deferred gain on sale of partnership interest 
Investment in real estate partnership 
Premises and equipment, net 
Net cash used for investing activities 

2008 

2007

2006

$     16,136  $     29,649

$      30,441

23,024 
6,218 
(94) 
(31,358) 
31,648 
(148) 
1,616 
- 
(1,755) 
- 
- 
730 
(1,363) 
- 
1,693 
816 
(1,786) 
1,009 
46,386 

14,440 
- 
(37,298) 
- 
77,856 
(95,195) 
1,248 
(227) 
(2,442) 
(11,505) 
- 
- 
- 
(3,190) 
- 
(236,674) 
6,232 
1,674 
- 
1,755 
- 
- 
- 
(4,989) 
(288,315) 

5,021
4,930
1,142
(27,160)
25,362
(217)
-
(882)
-
(1,093)
(82)
1,222
2,437
-
(3,328)
(20)
(2,269)
(2,007)
32,705

41,893
-
(13,986)
2,690
77,328
(52,507)
3,532
(2,964)
-
-
909
(240)
(440)
(2,656)
-
(221,179)
(5,665)
120
6,295
- 
2,436 
1,335
1,172
(9,181)
(171,108)

2,738
4,507
(3,066)
(23,914)
21,406
(224)
-
-
-
-
1,981
1,153
(2,011)
51
4,380
41
(3,976)
(1,097)
32,410

13,569
10,991
(20,718)
49,412
102,255
(47,721)
1,347
(476)
-
-
11,379
(466)
-
(9,600)
2,887
(246,432)
6,421
80
-
-
-
-
24
(10,750)
(137,798)

(Continued on next page) 

-59- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
2008 

2007

2006

$      112,850   $      82,363  
4,256

195,584 

$        56,803
294,365

- 

1,600 
82,778,987  31,427,417
(82,861,310)  (31,313,165)
(2,404)
2,713
(2,437)
(36,173)
(54)
164,116
25,713
-

(2,832) 
1,863 
1,363 
(3,555) 
- 
222,950 
(18,979) 
- 

(9,750)
8,796,661
(9,021,354)
(2,058)
3,355
2,011
(6,603)
(203)
113,227
7,839
14

- 
267,537 

20
- 
233,951
241,824
$    248,558   $    267,537   $       241,824

$      80,654   $    105,969  
18,056
415
4,712
333

10,521 
6,186 
(8,752) 
247 

$       98,142
13,597
450
1,395
2,129

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (continued) 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Financing activities: 

Net increase in demand and saving deposits 
Net increase in time deposits 
Net increase (decrease) in securities sold  
     under agreement to repurchase
Receipts of FHLB advances 
Repayments of FHLB advances 
Dividends paid on common stock 
Issuance of common stock and exercise of common stock options
Excess tax benefit (liability) from share-based payment arrangements
Purchase of treasury stock, net of re-issuance 
Decrease in minority interest 

   Net cash provided by financing activities 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations
Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations 
Net cash provided by investing activities of      
     discontinued operations  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

Cash paid in interest during the year  
Cash paid for income taxes, net 
Loans transferred to assets acquired through foreclosure
Net change in accumulated other comprehensive income
Transfer of loans held for sale to loans 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Financial Statements. 

-60- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

WSFS  Financial  Corporation  (“the  Company,”  “our  Company,”  “WSFS”,  “we,”  “our”  or  “us”)  is  a  thrift  holding 
company  organized  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware.    Our  principal  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Wilmington  Savings 
Fund  Society,  FSB  (“WSFS  Bank”  or  the  “Bank”),  is  a  federal  savings  bank  organized  under  the  laws  of  the  United  States 
which,  at  December  31,  2008,  serves  customers  from  its  main  office,  35  retail  banking  offices,  loan  production  offices  and 
operations centers located in Delaware, southeastern Pennsylvania and Virginia.   

In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. The material estimates that are particularly susceptible 
to significant changes in the near term relate to the allowance for loan losses for impaired loans and the remainder of the loan 
portfolios, investment in reverse mortgages, contingencies (including indemnifications) and income taxes. 

Although our current estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is 
reasonably  possible  that  in  2009,  actual  conditions  could  be  worse  than  anticipated  in  those  estimates,  which  could 
materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Amounts subject to significant estimates are items such as 
the allowance for loan losses and lending related commitments, goodwill and intangible assets, post-retirement obligations, 
the  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  and  other-than-temporary  impairments.  Among  other  effects,  such  changes  could 
result  in  future  impairments  of  investment  securities,  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  and  establishment  of  allowances  for 
loan losses and lending related commitments as well as increased post-retirement expense. 

Basis of Presentation 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the parent company, Montchanin Capital Management, 
Inc. (Montchanin) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (Cypress), WSFS Bank and its wholly-
owned  subsidiary,  WSFS  Investment  Group,  Inc.    WSFS  Investment  Group,  Inc.  markets  various  third-party  insurance  and 
securities products to Bank customers through WSFS’ retail banking system.  WSFS Bank also owns a majority interest in 1st 
Reverse Financial Services, LLC (1st Reverse), specializing in reverse mortgage lending.  Montchanin was formed to provide 
asset  management  products  and  services.        In  January  2006  and  2007,  Montchanin  increased  its  ownership  in  Cypress,  a 
Wilmington-based  investment  advisory  firm  servicing  high  net-worth  individuals  and  institutions,  to  90%  and  100%, 
respectively. 

WSFS  Capital  Trust  III  (“the  Trust”)  is  an  unconsolidated  affiliate  of  ours,  and  was  formed  in  2005  to  issue  $67.0 
million aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Capital Securities.  The proceeds from this issue were used to fund 
the redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate WSFS Capital Trust I Preferred Securities (formerly WSFS Capital Trust I).  
The  Trust  invested  all  of  the  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the  Pooled  Floating  Rate  Capital  Securities  in  Junior  Subordinated 
Debentures of the Corporation.     

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years' Consolidated Financial Statements to conform them to the 

current year's presentation.  All significant intercompany transactions are eliminated in consolidation. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For  purposes  of  reporting  cash  flows,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash,  cash  in  non-owned  ATMs,  cash  due 

from banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell.   

- 61 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt and Equity Securities 

Investments  in  equity  securities  that  have  a  readily  determinable  fair  value  and  investments  in  debt  securities  are 

classified into three categories and accounted for as follows: 

•   Debt  securities  with  the  positive  intention  to  hold  to  maturity  are  classified  as  "held-to-maturity"  and  reported  at 

amortized cost. 

• 

  Debt  and  equity  securities  purchased  with  the  intention  of  selling  them  in  the  near  future  are  classified  as  "trading 

securities" and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. 

• 

  Debt  and  equity  securities  not  classified  in  either  of  the  above  are  classified  as  "available-for-sale  securities"  and 
reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported, net of tax, as a separate 
component of stockholders' equity. 

Debt  and  equity  securities  include  mortgage-backed  securities,  municipal  bonds,  U.S.  Government  and  agency 
securities and certain equity securities.  Premiums and discounts on debt and equity securities, held-to-maturity and available-
for-sale, are recognized in interest income using a level yield method over the period to expected maturity.  The fair value of 
debt  and  equity  securities  is  primarily  obtained  from  third-party  pricing  services.  Implicit  in  the  valuation  are  estimated 
prepayments based on historical and current market conditions. 

Declines in the fair value of individual held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are other 
than temporary, result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value.  We had no other than temporary losses in 
2008, 2007 and 2006.  The related write-downs are included in earnings as realized losses.  Management is required to use its 
judgement to determine impairment in certain circumstances.  The specific identification method is used to determine realized 
gains and losses on sales of investment and mortgage-backed securities.  All sales are made without recourse.   

Investment in Reverse Mortgages 

  We account for our investment in reverse mortgages in accordance with the instructions provided by the staff of the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (SEC)  entitled  “Accounting  for  Pools  of  Uninsured  Residential  Reverse  Mortgage 
Contracts,”  which  requires  grouping  the  individual  reverse  mortgages  into  “pools”  and  recognizing  income  based  on  the 
estimated effective yield of the pool.  In computing the effective yield, we must project the cash inflows and outflows of the 
pool  including  actuarial  projections  of  the  life  expectancy  of  the  individual  contract  holder  and  changes  in  the  collateral 
value of the residence.  At each reporting date, a new economic forecast is made of the cash inflows and outflows of each 
pool  of  reverse  mortgages;  the  effective  yield  of  each  pool  is  recomputed,  and  income  is  adjusted  retroactively  and 
prospectively  to  reflect  the  revised  rate  of  return.    Because  of  this  highly  specialized  accounting,  the  recorded  value  of 
reverse mortgage assets can result in significant volatility associated with estimations.  As a result, income recognition can 
vary significantly from reporting period to reporting period. 

During the fourth quarter of 2008 we recorded a $1.4 million charge related to a mark-to-market adjustment on the 
$12.4  million  BBB+  rated  mortgage-backed  security  (MBS)  issued  in  connection  with  a  2002  reverse  mortgage 
securitization.    Despite  this  write-down,  WSFS  expects  any  holder  of  this  security  to  recover  all  principal  and  interest, 
mainly because of its seasoning and it is well over-collateralized.  We also recorded a $1.0 million charge (taken through 
interest income) related to our second-lien interest in 21 whole-loan reverse mortgages during the fourth quarter of 2008. 

Loans 

Loans are stated net of deferred fees and costs and unearned discounts.  Loan interest income is accrued using various 
methods that approximate a constant yield.  Loan origination and commitment fees and direct loan origination costs are deferred 
and recognized over the life of the related loans using a level yield method over the period to maturity. 

- 62 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all 
amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Impaired loans are measured based on the present value 
of expected future discounted cash flows, the market price of the loan or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is 
collateral  dependent.    Impaired  loans  include  loans  within  our  commercial,  commercial  mortgage,  commercial  construction, 
residential mortgages and consumer portfolios.  Our policy for recognition of interest income on impaired loans is the same as 
for nonaccrual loans discussed below. 

  Nonaccrual Loans 

  Nonaccrual  loans  are  those  on  which  the  accrual  of  interest  has  ceased.    Loans  are  placed  on  nonaccrual  status 
immediately if, in the opinion of management, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is contractually past due 90 
days or more and collateral is insufficient to cover principal and interest.  Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is 
placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income.  In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan 
fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status.  Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding 
principal  or  recorded  as  interest  income,  depending  on  management's  assessment  of  ultimate  collectibility  of  principal  and 
interest.  Loans are returned to an accrual status when the borrower's ability to make periodic principal and interest payments 
has returned to normal (i.e.: brought current with respect to principal or interest or restructured) and the paying capacity of the 
borrower  or  the  underlying  collateral  is  deemed  sufficient  to  cover  principal  and  interest  in  accordance  with  our  previously 
established loan-to-value policies.   

  Allowances for Loan Losses 

  We maintain allowances for credit losses and charge losses to these allowances when such losses are realized.  The 
determination  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  requires  significant  judgement  reflecting  management’s  best  estimate  of 
probable  losses  related  to  specifically  identified  loans  as  well  as  probable  losses  in  the  remaining  loan  portfolio.  
Management's evaluation is based upon a review of these portfolios. 

Management establishes the loan loss allowance in accordance with guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange 
Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102 (SAB 102).  Its methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance 
consists  of  several  key  elements  which  include:  specific  allowances  for  identified  problem  loans,  formula  allowances  for 
commercial and commercial real estate loans, and allowances for pooled, homogenous loans.   

Specific reserves are established for certain loans in cases where management has identified significant conditions or 

circumstances related to a specific credit that management believes indicate the probability that a loss has been incurred.   

The  formula  allowances  for  commercial  and  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  calculated  by  applying  estimated  loss 
factors to outstanding loans based on the internal risk grade of loans.  For low risk commercial and commercial real estate loans 
the portfolio is pooled, based on internal risk grade, and estimates are based on a ten-year net charge-off history.  Higher risk 
and criticized loans have loss factors that are derived from an analysis of both the probability of default and the probability of 
loss should default occur.  Loss adjustment factors are applied based on criteria discussed below.  As a result, changes in risk 
grades of both performing and nonperforming loans affect the amount of the formula allowance.   

Pooled loans are loans that are usually smaller, not-individually-graded and homogeneous in nature, such as consumer 
installment  loans  and  residential  mortgages.    Loan  loss  allowances  for  pooled  loans  are  based  on  a  ten-year  net  charge-off 
history. The average loss allowance per homogeneous pool is based on the product’s average annual historical loss rate and the 
average estimated duration of the pool multiplied by the pool balances. These separate risk pools are assigned a reserve for loss 
based upon this historical loss information and loss adjustment factors.   

- 63 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Historical  loss  adjustment  factors  are  based  upon  management’s  evaluation  of  various  current  conditions,  including 

those listed below:   

  General economic and business conditions affecting WSFS’ key lending areas, 
  Credit quality trends, 
  Recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, 
  Collateral values and loan-to-value ratios, 
  Loan volumes and concentrations, including changes in mix, 
  Seasoning of the loan portfolio, 
  Specific industry conditions within portfolio segments, 
  Bank regulatory examination results, and 
  Other factors, including changes in quality of the loan origination, servicing and risk management processes. 

Our loan officers and risk managers meet at least quarterly to discuss and review these conditions, and also risks 
associated  with  individual  problem  loans.    In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination 
process,  periodically  review  our  allowance  for  such  losses.    We  also  give  consideration  to  the  results  of  these  regulatory 
agency examinations.  

  During  2008,  the  provision  for  loan  losses  was  affected  by  changes  in  estimates  used  in  the  calculation.    These 
changes  included  additional  reserves  reflecting  the  effects  of updated  loss rate expectations on our loan portfolio.  These 
changes resulted in an increase to the provision for loan losses of $2.8 million or $0.29 per share. 

Allowances for estimated losses on investments in real estate and assets acquired through foreclosure are provided if 

the carrying value exceeds the fair value less estimated disposal costs. 

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2008,  we  recorded  a  $14.9  million  provision  for  loan  losses  and  letter  of  credit 

contingency, which was primarily related to four large construction and land development (CLD) credits.     

  Assets Held-for-Sale 

Assets held-for-sale include loans held-for-sale and are carried at the lower of cost or market of the aggregate or, in 

some cases, individual assets.   

Assets Acquired Through Foreclosure 

Assets acquired through foreclosure are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loans or fair value less 
estimated disposal costs.  Costs subsequently incurred to improve the assets are included in the carrying value provided that the 
resultant carrying value does not exceed fair value less estimated disposal costs.  Costs relating to holding the assets are charged 
to expense in the current period.  An allowance for estimated losses is provided when declines in fair value below the carrying 
value are identified.  Net costs of assets acquired through foreclosure include costs of holding and operating the assets, net gains 
or losses on sales of the assets and provisions for losses to reduce such assets to fair value less estimated disposal costs.  During 
the  fourth  quarter  of  2008,  we  booked  $700,000  in  additional  write-downs  of  values  of  assets  acquired  through  foreclosure 
(REO). 

  Premises and Equipment 

Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.    Costs  of  major 
replacements, improvements and additions are capitalized.  Depreciation expense is computed on a straight-line basis over the 
estimated useful lives of the assets or, for leasehold improvements, over the effective life of the related lease if less than the 

- 64 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
estimated useful life.  In general, computer equipment, furniture and equipment and building renovations are depreciated over 
three, five and ten years, respectively.   

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 

We  enter  into  sales  of  securities  under  agreements  to  repurchase.    Reverse  repurchase  agreements  are  treated  as 
financings, with the obligation to repurchase securities sold reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Statement of Condition.  
The securities underlying the agreements are assets.  Generally, federal funds are purchased for periods ranging up to 90 days. 

Loss Contingency for Standby Letters of Credit 

  We maintain a loss contingency for standby letters of credit and charge losses to this contingency when such losses are 
realized.    The  determination  of  the  loss  contingency  for  standby  letters  of  credit  requires  significant  judgement  reflecting 
management’s best estimate of probable losses related to standby letters of credit. 

Income Taxes 

The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes currently payable and those deferred because 

of temporary differences between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities. 

In  July  2006,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Interpretation  No. 48,  Accounting  for 
Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes,  an  interpretation  of  FASB  Statement 109  (“FIN  48”).    FIN  48  prescribes  a  recognition 
threshold  and  a  measurement  attribute  for  the  financial  statement  recognition  and  measurement  of  tax  positions  taken  or 
expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions are recognized in the financial statements only when it is 
more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would 
have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is 
measured  at  the  largest  amount  of  benefit  that  is  greater  than  50%  likely  of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax 
positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent 
financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-
likely-than-not  recognition  threshold  are  derecognized  in  the  first  subsequent  financial  reporting  period  in  which  that 
threshold is no longer met. FIN 48 also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, 
interest  and  penalties.  FIN  48  became  effective  for  us  on  January 1,  2007,  and  resulted  in  a  $2.0  million  increase  to  our 
retained earnings on that date. 

- 65 -

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings Per Share 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:  

                                                                                                         (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 

2008 

2007 

2006 

Numerator: 

Net income ...................................................................................................... 

$  16,136  $  29,649     $  30,441 

Denominator: 
  Denominator for basic earnings per share - weighted average shares  ........... 
  Effect of dilutive employee stock options ....................................................... 
  Denominator for diluted earnings per share - adjusted weighted average          
    shares and assumed exercise .......................................................................... 

6,158 
        132 

6,316 
        194 

6,634 
         270 

     6,290 

     6,510 

      6,904 

Earnings per share: 

Basic: 
Net income ...................................................................................................... 

$     2.62 

$     4.69  $       4.59 

Diluted: 
Net income ...................................................................................................... 

$     2.57 

$     4.55  $       4.41 

Outstanding common stock equivalents having no dilutive effect................ 

371 

194 

197 

Stock-Based Compensation 

  Stock-based compensation is accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 
No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R).  We adopted SFAS 123R beginning January 1, 2006 using the 
Modified  Prospective  Application  Method.    The  impact  of  stock-based  compensation  for  2008  was  $851,000  or  $0.12  per 
share, to salaries, benefits and other compensation, compared to $1.2 million, or $0.16 per share in 2007.  

 Fair Value of Financial Assets 

Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), 
for  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities.   In  accordance  with  FASB  Staff  Position  (FSP)  No.  157-2,  Effective  Date  of 
FASB Statement No. 157, we will delay application of SFAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, until 
January 1, 2009. 

SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an 
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that 
prioritizes the use of inputs used in valuation methodologies into the following three levels: 

Level 1: 

Level 2: 

Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical assets or liabilities
in active markets.  A quoted price in an active market provides the most reliable evidence of fair
value and shall be used to measure fair value whenever available. 

Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active
markets; inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for identical or similar assets
or liabilities in markets that are not active; or inputs to the valuation methodology that are derived
principally from or can be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. 

- 66 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
  
   
Level 3: 

Inputs  to  the  valuation  methodology  are  unobservable  and  significant  to  the  fair  value 
measurement.  Level  3  assets  and  liabilities  include  financial  instruments  whose  value  is
determined  using  discounted  cash  flow  methodologies,  as  well  as  instruments  for  which  the
determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. 

A  description  of  the  valuation  methodologies  used  for  instruments  measured  at  fair  value,  as  well  as  the  general 
classification  of  such  instruments  pursuant  to  the  valuation  hierarchy,  is  set  forth  below.  These  valuation  methodologies 
were  applied  to  all  of  our  financial  assets  carried  at  fair  value  effective  January  1,  2008.  The  table  below  presents  the 
balances of assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2008 (there are no material liabilities measured at fair value): 

Description 

Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Asset 
(Level 1) 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis 

Available for sale securities 
Trading Securities 
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis 

$ 

  $ 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis 

Impaired Loans   
Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring 
basis 

$ 

  $ 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Total 
    Fair Value   

(in Thousands) 

  $          -         

   $ 

$ 

   $
535,896    
- 
 10,816 $
535,896   $          10,816 $

535,896 
10,816
546,712

   $ 

22,840    

   $

22,840 

  $          -         

$ 

22,840     $          -   

$

22,840

Fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available.  If such quoted market prices are not available, fair 
value  is  based  upon  internally  developed  models  or  obtained  from  third  parties  that  primarily  use,  as  inputs,  observable 
market-based  parameters.  Valuation  adjustments  may  be  made  to  ensure  that  financial  instruments  are  recorded  at  fair 
value.  These  adjustments  may  include  unobservable  parameters.  Any  such  valuation  adjustments  have  been  applied 
consistently over time.  Our valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net 
realizable  value  or  reflective  of  future  fair  values.  While  we  believe  our  valuation  methodologies  are  appropriate  and 
consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of 
certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. 

Available  for  sale  securities.  Securities  classified  as  available  for  sale  are  reported  at  fair  value  using  Level  2 
inputs. Included  in  the  Level  2  total  are  approximately  $44.6  million  in  Federal  Agency  debentures,  $194.7 million  in 
Federal  Agency  MBS,  $292.7 million  of Private  Label MBS,  and  $3.9 million  in  municipal  bonds.    Agency  and  MBS 
securities are predominately AAA-rated.  We believe that this Level 2 designation is appropriate for these securities under 
SFAS  157  as,  with  almost  all  fixed  income  securities,  none  are  exchange  traded,  and  all  are  priced  by  correlation  to 
observed market data.   For these securities we obtain fair value measurements from an independent pricing service.  The 
fair  value  measurements  consider  observable  data  that  may  include  dealer  quotes,  market  spreads,  cash  flows,  U.S. 
government and agency yield curves, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit 
information, and the security’s terms and conditions, among other factors. 

- 67 -

 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
    
   
 
  
   
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
Trading securities.  The amount included in the trading securities category represents the fair value of a BBB-rated 
traunche of a reverse mortgage security. There has never been an active market for these securities.  As such, we classify 
these trading securities as Level 3 under FAS 157.  As prescribed by FAS 157 management used various observable and 
unobservable  inputs  to  develop  a  range  of  likely  fair  value  prices  where  this  security  would  be  exchanged  in  an  orderly 
transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date.    The  unobservable  inputs  reflect  management’s 
assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing this asset.  Included in these inputs were 
the median of a selection of other BBB-rated securities as well as quoted market prices from higher rated traunches of this 
asset class.  As a result, the value assigned to this security is determined primarily through a discounted cash flow analysis.  
All of these assumptions require a significant degree of management judgment.   

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value are summarized as follows: 

Balance at January 1, 2008 
Total net losses for the period included in net income 
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net 
Balance at December 31, 2008 

Trading 
Securities 
(in thousands) 

$12,364

(1,548 ) 

-
$10,816

Impaired  loans.    Impaired  loans,  which  are  measured  for  impairment  using  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral  for 
collateral  dependent  loans,  had  a  carrying  amount  of  $22.8  million  at  December 31,  2008.    The  valuation  allowance  on 
impaired loans was $395,000 as of December 31, 2008. 

2.  INVESTMENT SECURITIES 

The following tables detail the amortized cost and the estimated fair value of the Company’s investment securities: 

 Amortized 
      Cost      

     Gross 
  Unrealized 
     Gains      

     Gross 
  Unrealized 
     Losses    

(In Thousands) 

 Fair 
Value  

Available-for-sale securities: 
  December 31, 2008: 

Reverse mortgages (1) ...................................  
U.S. Government and agencies ....................  
State and political subdivisions ....................  

$         (61)   
      43,778 
         4,020 

$          - 
           857 
         -  

$            -  $        (61)   
(1)          44,634 
       3,934  

         (86) 

  $   47,737 

$       857 

$         (87) 

$  48,507 

- 68 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
December 31, 2007: 

Reverse mortgages (1).....................................  
U.S. Government and agencies .......................  
State and political subdivisions.......................  

$         2,037             $            - 
           99 
           28  
$       127 

      20,477 
         4,115 
  $   26,629 

      -  

$        -  $     2,037 
    20,576  
           -            4,143  
$       -   $  26,756 

Held-to-maturity: 

  December 31, 2008: 

State and political subdivisions ....................  

  $     1,181 
  $     1,181 

        $          -  
 $          - 

$        (110)  $    1,071 
$        (110)  $    1,071 

December 31, 2007: 

State and political subdivisions.......................  

  $     1,516 
  $     1,516 

        $        24  
 $        24 

$        42  $    1,498 
$        42  $    1,498 

(1) See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of Reverse Mortgages.  

Securities with book values aggregating $45.9 million at December 31, 2008 were specifically pledged as collateral for 
WSFS’  Treasury  Tax  and  Loan  account  with  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank,  securities  sold  under  agreement  to  repurchase  and 
certain  letters  of  credit  and  municipal  deposits  which  require  collateral.    Accrued  interest  receivable  relating  to  investment 
securities was $409,000 and $341,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.   

The  scheduled  maturities  of  investment  securities  held-to-maturity  and  securities  available-for-sale  at  December  31, 

2008 were as follows:  

Within one year (1)...................................................... ... 
After one year but within five years .............................. 
After five years but within ten years.............................. 
After ten years ................................................................ 

      Held-to-Maturity      
   Fair  
Amortized 
     Cost       
 Value  

  Available-for-Sale   
Amortized    Fair   
 Value  
     Cost        

(In Thousands) 

$         - 
630 
- 
  551 
$ 1,181 

$         - 
 630 
- 
    441 
$ 1,071 

$ 3,940  
42,522 
1,275 
            -  
$ 47,737 

$ 4,054 
 43,220 
1,233  
              -  
$ 48,507  

(1) Reverse mortgages do not have contractual maturities.  We have included reverse mortgages in maturities within one year. 

  There were no sales of investment securities classified as available-for-sale during 2008 and 2007.  Municipal bonds 
totaling $440,000 were called by the issuers during 2008.  Proceeds from the sale of investments classified as available-for-
sale during 2006 was $11.0 million.  There were no net losses realized on sales in either 2008 or 2007.  There was a net loss of 
$41,000 realized on sales in 2006.  The cost basis for all investment security sales was based on the specific identification 
method.  There were no sales of investment securities classified as held-to-maturity in 2008, 2007 and 2006. 

  At December 31, 2008, we owned investment securities totaling $6.3 million where the amortized cost basis exceeded 
fair value.  Total unrealized losses on those securities were $197,000 at December 31, 2008.  This temporary impairment is the 

- 69 -

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
result of changes in market interest rates since the purchase of the securities and a lack of liquidity in the securities market, 
depressing prices.  Securities amounting to $265,000 have been impaired for 12 months or longer.  We have determined that 
these securities are not other than temporarily impaired as these securities carry high credit ratings.  In addition, we have the 
intent  and  ability  to  hold  these  securities  until  they  recover.    The  following  table  includes  unrealized  losses  aggregated  by 
category: 

     Less than 12 months          12 months or longer                      Total  

    Fair 
  Value 

    Unrealized     
         Loss    

    Unrealized   

  Fair 
  Value           Loss     
      (In Thousands) 

   Fair 
   Value 

   Unrealized 
      Loss              

Held-to-maturity 
  State and political subdivisions.................. 

$  

     92 

$      -          $       265         $      110    $        357  $       110  

Available-for-sale 
  State and political subdivisions.................. 
3,934 
  U.S Government and agencies……………                      2,053 

       86                      -                      -   
    3,934              86  
         1                      -                       -             2,053                1 

     Total temporarily impaired investments               $       6,079  

$  87           $      265        $       110     $      6,344    $      197  

3.  MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES 

The  following  tables  detail  the  amortized  cost  and  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  mortgage-backed 

securities: 

   Gross 

        Gross 

                                  Amortized             Unrealized                  Unrealized 
  Losses     

   Gains      

   Cost   

  Fair   
 Value  

    (In Thousands) 

Available-for-sale securities: 

December 31, 2008: 

Collateralized mortgage obligations  .....................  
FNMA  ......................................................................  
FHLMC ....................................................................  
GNMA.......................................................................  

     Weighted average yield ...........................................  

December 31, 2007: 

Collateralized mortgage obligations  .........................  
FNMA .......................................................................  
FHLMC......................................................................  
GNMA .......................................................................  

$419,177   
35,578   
    30,477   
    22,536   
$507,768   

5.30% 

$     2,595   
      932   
       830   
            992   
$    5,349   

$407,113   
35,654   
    31,357   
        15,923   
$490,047   

$     856   
      -   
       34   
            -   
$     890   

     Weighted average yield .............................................  

4.85% 

- 70 -

 $  25,728   
   -   

$396,044 
36,510 
           -              31,307 
   23,528 
$487,389 

        -   
$  25,728   

 $  4,440   
   1,009   

$403,529 
34,645 
           937              30,454 
   15,800 
$484,428 

        123   
$  6,509   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
Trading securities: 

December 31, 2008: 

Collateralized mortgage obligations ......................  

Weighted average yield ...........................................  

December 31, 2007: 

Collateralized mortgage obligations..........................  

Weighted average yield .............................................  

$  10,816   
$  10,816   

3.47% 

$  12,364   
$  12,364   

7.79% 

$         -   
$         -   

$        -   
$        -   

$  10,816 
$  10,816   

$         -   
$         -   

$        -   
$        -   

$  12,364 
$  12,364   

The portfolio of available-for-sale mortgage-backed securities consists primarily of AAA-rated, currently cash flowing 
securities, backed by conventional 10 to 30-year mortgages.  The weighted average duration of the mortgage-backed securities 
was 2.9 years at December 31, 2008. 

At  December  31,  2008,  mortgage-backed  securities  with  par  values  aggregating  $314.5  million  were  pledged  as 
collateral for retail customer repurchase agreements and municipal deposits.  Accrued interest receivable relating to mortgage-
backed securities was $2.1 million and $2.0 million at both December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  From time to time, 
mortgage-backed securities are pledged as collateral for Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) borrowings.  The fair value of these 
pledged mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $16.0 million and $218.8 million, respectively.  There 
were no sales of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale in 2008.  In 2007, proceeds from the sale of mortgage-backed 
securities available-for-sale were $2.7 million, resulting in a gain of $82,000.  The cost basis of all mortgage-backed sales is 
based on the specific identification method. 

We own $12.4 million par value of SASCO RM-1 2002 securities which are classified as trading.  $10.0 million was 
originally received as partial consideration for the sale of a previously owned reverse mortgage portfolio, an additional $1.0 
million was purchased at par at the time of the securitization of these assets by a third party, and $1.4 million of accrued interest 
was paid in kind.  The current fair value of this security is $10.8 million which includes a negative $1.6 million mark-to-market 
adjustment  for  2008.    These  floating  rate  notes  represent  the  BBB+  rated  traunche  of  a  reverse  mortgage  securitization 
underwritten by Lehman Brothers and carry a coupon rate of one-month London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 300 
basis  points.   We expect to recover all principal and interest, because of seasoning and the fact hat these securities are well 
over-collateralized.    For  a  further  discussion  of  reverse  mortgages,  see  the  Reverse  Mortgages  discussion  in  Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis and Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Based on SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities (SFAS 115), when these 
securities were acquired they were classified as trading.  It was our intention to sell them in the near term.  An active market for 
these securities has not developed since the issuance.  Since there is no active market for these securities, we have used the 
guidance under SFAS 157 to provide a reasonable estimate of fair value in 2008.  We estimated the value of these securities as 
of December 31, 2008 based on the pricing of BBB+ securities that have an active market through a technique which estimates 
the fair value of this asset using the income approach.  

At December 31, 2008, we owned mortgage-backed securities totaling $286.4 million where the amortized cost basis 
exceeded fair value.  Total unrealized losses on those securities were $25.7 million at December 31, 2008.  This temporary 
impairment is the result of changes in market interest rates since the purchase of the securities and a lack of liquidity in the 
mortgage-backed  securities  market,  depressing  prices.    Most  of  these  securities  have  been  impaired  for  less  than  twelve 
months.    We  have  determined  that  these  securities  are  not  “other  than  temporarily”  impaired  as  these  mortgage-backed 
securities carry high credit ratings.  In addition, we have the intent and ability to hold these securities until they recover.  The 
following table lists the unrealized losses aggregated by category: 

- 71 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
     Less than 12 months          12 months or longer                     Total  

    Fair 
   Value           Loss    

    Unrealized     

  Fair 
   Value           Loss     

    Unrealized   

  Fair 
   Value 

    Unrealized 
          Loss   

Available-for-sale 
   CMO .......................................................... 
   FNMA........................................................ 
   FHLMC ..................................................... 
   GNMA....................................................... 

$ 249,118 
            - 
      - 
            -   

$   23,536  $  37,298 
           -                 - 
           -                 -  
           -                 -        

 $  2,192      $286,416       $ 25,728  
         -     
         - 
          -    
         -                       - 
         - 
          -   
         -       
         -    

      (In Thousands) 

     Total temporarily impaired MBS ............ 

$249,118          $   23,536      $37,298      $  2,192     $286,416       $ 25,728 

4.  REVERSE MORTGAGES AND RELATED ASSETS 

We hold an investment in reverse mortgages of $(61,000) at December 31, 2008 representing a participation in 

reverse mortgages with a third party.  The loans supporting this balance were originated in the early 1990’s. 

These  reverse  mortgage  loans  are  contracts  that  require  the  lender  to  make  monthly  advances  throughout  the 
borrower’s life or until the borrower relocates, prepays or the home is sold, at which time the loan becomes due and payable.  
Reverse  mortgages  are  nonrecourse  obligations,  which  means  that  the  loan  repayments  are  generally  limited  to  the  net  sale 
proceeds of the borrower’s residence. 

We account for our investment in reverse mortgages by estimating the value of the future cash flows on the reverse 
mortgages at a rate deemed appropriate for these mortgages, based on the market rate for similar collateral.  Actual cash flows 
from  these  mortgage  loans  can  result  in  significant  volatility  in  the  recorded  value  of  reverse  mortgage  assets.    As  a  result, 
income varies significantly from reporting period to reporting period.  For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company 
lost $1.1 million in interest income on reverse mortgages as compared to posting income of $2.0 million in 2007 and $684,000 
in 2006.  The loss in 2008 primarily resulted from the decrease in the values of the properties securing these mortgages, based 
on annual re-evaluations and consistent with the decrease in home values over the past year. 

The  projected  cash  flows  depend  on  assumptions  about  life  expectancy  of  the  mortgagee  and  the  future  changes  in 
collateral values.  Projecting the changes in collateral values is the most significant factor impacting the volatility of reverse 
mortgage  values.    The  current  assumptions  include  a  short-term  annual  depreciation  rate  of  -8.0%  in  the  first  year,  and  a 
long-term annual appreciation rate of 0.5% in future years.  If the long-term appreciation rate was increased to 1.5%, the 
resulting impact on income would have been $26,000.  Conversely, if the long-term appreciation rate was decreased to  -
0.5%, the resulting impact on income would have been $(22,000). 

We also hold $10.8 million in BBB+ rated mortgage-backed securities classified as trading and have options to acquire 
up to 49.9% of Class “O” Certificates issued in connection with securities consisting of a portfolio of reverse mortgages we 
previously owned.  The Class “O” Certificates are currently recorded on our financial statements at a zero value.  At the time of 
the  securitization,  the  third  party  securitizer  (Lehman  Brothers)  retained  100%  of  the  Class  “O”  Certificates  from  the 
securitization.    These  Class  “O”  Certificates  have  no  priority  over  other  classes  of  Certificates  under  the  Trust  and  no 
distributions will be made on the Class “O” Certificates until, among other conditions, the principal amount of each other 
class of notes has been reduced to zero.  The underlying assets, the reverse mortgages, are long-term assets.  Hence, any 
cash flow that might inure to the holder of the Class “O” Certificates is not expected to occur until 2014.  Additionally, the 
Company can exercise its option on 49.9% of the Class “O” Certificates in up to five separate increments for an aggregate 
purchase price of $1.0 million any time between January 1, 2004 and the termination of the Securitization Trust.  The option 

- 72 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
to  purchase  the  Class  “O”  Certificates  does  not  meet  the  definition  of  a  derivative  under  SFAS  No.  133,  Accounting  for 
Derivative and Hedging Activities.  This certificate is an equity security with no readily determinable fair value; as such, it is 
excluded from the accounting treatment promulgated under SFAS 115.  As a result, the option is carried at cost (which is zero). 
 During  the  third  quarter  of  2008  Lehman  Brothers  Holdings  filed  for  bankruptcy.    We  are  currently  in  discussions  with 
legal counsel to determine our legal rights with respect to the Class “O” certificates. 

5.  LOANS 

The following table details our loan portfolio: 

December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Real estate mortgage loans: 
Residential (1-4 family) 
Other 

Real estate construction loans 
Commercial loans 
Consumer loans 

Less: 

Deferred fees (costs), net 
Allowance for loan losses 

      Net loans 

2008

2007

$   422,740
558,979
251,508
942,920
296,728
2,472,875

$   447,435
465,928
276,939
787,538
278,272
2,256,112

126
31,189
$2,441,560

(716)
25,252
$2,231,576

We had impaired loans of approximately $28.4 million at December 31, 2008 compared to $31.8 million and $3.8 
million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it 
is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. 
The average recorded balance of impaired loans was $29.5 million, $10.0 million and $3.6 million during 2008, 2007 and 
2006,  respectively.    The  allowance  for  losses  on  impaired  loans  was  $395,000,  $738,000  and  $369,000  at  December  31, 
2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  There was no interest income recognized on impaired loans. 

The total amount of loans serviced for others were $268.8 million, $255.0 million and $265.5 million at December 
31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  We received fees from the servicing of loans of $650,000, $718,000 and $724,000 
during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

We record mortgage-servicing rights on our mortgage loan-servicing portfolio.  Mortgage servicing rights represent 
the present value of the future net servicing fees from servicing mortgage loans acquired or originated by us.  The value of 
these servicing rights was $329,000 and $588,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The total of our servicing 
portfolio was $76.5 million and $81.9 million for December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Mortgage loans serviced for 
others are not included in loans on the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Condition.  Changes in the valuation of 
these  servicing  rights  resulted  in  $(259,000)  and  $144,000  of  noninterest  income  during  2008  and  2007,  respectively.  
Revenues from originating, marketing and servicing mortgage loans as well as valuation adjustments related to capitalized 
mortgage servicing rights are included in mortgage banking activities, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.   

Accrued  interest  receivable  on  loans  outstanding  was  $7.5  million  and  $10.4  million  at  December  31,  2008  and 

2007, respectively. 

- 73 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Nonaccruing loans aggregated $28.4 million, $31.8 million and $3.8 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, 
respectively.  If interest on all such loans had been recorded in accordance with contractual terms, net interest income would 
have increased by $1,955,000 in 2008, $790,000 in 2007 and $159,000 in 2006. 

A summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses follows: 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Beginning balance 

Provision for loan losses 
Loans charged-off (1) 
Recoveries (2) 

Ending balance 

2008

2007

2006

$25,252
23,024
(17,839)
752
$31,189

$27,384
5,021
(8,049)
896
$25,252

$25,381
2,738
(1,418)
683
$27,384

(1)  2008 and 2007 include $940,000 and $1.4 million of overdraft charge-offs, respectively.  Prior to 2006, these amounts were recognized in 

other operating expenses. 

(2)  2008 and 2007 include $383,000 and $446,000 of overdraft recoveries, respectively.  Prior to 2006, these amounts were recognized in other 

operating expenses. 

6.  ASSETS ACQUIRED THROUGH FORECLOSURE 

Assets acquired through foreclosure are summarized as follows: 

December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Real estate  
Less allowance for losses 

7.  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT 

2008

2007

$    4,471
           -

$703
           -

$    4,471

$703 

Land,  office  buildings,  leasehold  improvements  and  furniture  and  equipment,  at  cost,  are  summarized  by  major 

classifications: 

December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Land 
Buildings 
Leasehold improvements 
Furniture and equipment 

Less: 
      Accumulated depreciation 

2008

2007

$  4,422
10,797
22,990
29,892
68,101

33,135
$34,966

$  4,415
10,713
20,967
27,817
63,912

29,061
$34,851

The Corporation occupies certain premises and operates certain equipment under noncancelable leases with terms ranging 
primarily  from  1  to  25  years  including  some  with  renewal  options.    These  leases  are  accounted  for  as  operating  leases.  
Accordingly,  lease  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.    Rent  expense  was  $5.0  million  in  2008,  $4.5  million  in  2007  and  $2.4 
million in 2006.  Future minimum payments under these leases at December 31, 2008 are as follows: 

- 74 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands) 
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
Thereafter 
    Total future minimum lease payments 

$  5,323
5,100
4,960
4,407
4,128
30,698
$54,616

8.  DEPOSITS   

The following is a summary of deposits by category, including a summary of the remaining time to maturity for time deposits: 

December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Money market and demand: 
     Noninterest-bearing demand 
     Interest-bearing demand 
     Money market 
          Total money market and demand 

Savings 

Customer certificates of deposit by maturity: 
     Less than one year 
     One year to two years 
     Two years to three years 
     Three years to four years 
     Over four years 
          Total customer time certificates 

Jumbo certificates of deposit--customer, by maturity: 
     Less than one year 
     One year to two years 
     Two years to three years 
     Three years to four years 
     Over four years 
          Total jumbo certificates of deposit--customer 
Subtotal retail deposits 

- 75 -

2008 

2007 

$   311,322 
214,749 
326,792 
852,863 

$   290,424 
171,363 
303,931 
765,718 

208,368 

196,571 

287,546 
107,593 
9,681 
42,161 
3,075 
450,056 

144,925 
32,399 
1,463 
16,795 
264 
195,846 
1,707,133 

320,474 
40,191 
3,234 
1,022 
1,796 
366,717 

140,353 
9,569 
102 
- 
167 
150,191 
1,479,197 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other jumbo certificates of deposit--by maturity: 
     Less than one year 
     One year to two years 
     Two years to three years 
     Three years to four years 
     Over four years 
          Total other jumbo time certificates 

Brokered deposits less than one year 

Total deposits 

Interest expense by category follows: 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Interest-bearing demand 
Money market 
Savings 
Customer time deposits 
     Total customer interest expense 

Other jumbo certificates of deposit 
Brokered deposits 
     Total interest expense on deposits 

9.  BORROWED FUNDS 

The following is a summary of borrowed funds by type: 

103,825 
- 
- 
- 
- 
103,825 

98,582 
176 
- 
- 
- 
98,758 

311,394 

249,206 

$2,122,352 

$1,827,161 

2008 

2007 

2006 

$ 1,064 
5,909 
736 
20,775 
28,484 

3,091 
8,234 
$39,809 

$ 1,393 
11,870 
1,679 
22,357 
37,299 

5,176 
14,836 
$57,311 

$    785 
8,090 
2,237 
15,309 
26,421 

4,100 
12,186 
$42,707 

 Balance at 
  End of 
  Period    

Weighted 
 Average 
Interest 
    Rate    

Maximum 
Outstanding 
at Month 

      End 
During the 
   Period     

  Weighted 
Average 
 Interest 
   Rate 

  Average 
  Amount 
Outstanding 
 During the  During the 
    Period    

    Period      

2008 

      (Dollars in Thousands) 

FHLB advances ..................................................................................... 
Trust preferred borrowings ................................................................. 
Federal funds purchased and securities 
  sold under agreements to repurchase ............................................... 
Other borrowed funds  ......................................................................... 

$   815,957 
67,011  

2.74% 
3.97  

75,000 
108,777 

1.87 
0.79 

$942,922 
67,011 

99,999 
127,556 

$841,005 
67,011 

75,844 
110,237 

2007 

FHLB advances ....................................................................................... 
Trust preferred borrowings...................................................................... 
Federal funds purchased and securities 
  sold under agreements to repurchase  ................................................... 
Other borrowed funds ............................................................................. 

4.23% 
6.89  

4.46 
3.84 

$936,302 
67,011 

$765,974 
67,011 

75,000 
95,087 

60,649 
86,602 

$898,280 
67,011  

75,000 
94,869 

- 76 -

3.46% 
4.81 

3.11 
1.96 

4.97% 
7.00 

5.13 
4.26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances 

Advances  from  the  FHLB  of  Pittsburgh  with  rates  ranging  from  0.57%  to  5.45%  at  December  31,  2008  are  due  as 

follows:  

2009 .............................................................................................. 
2010 .............................................................................................. 
2011 .............................................................................................. 
2012 - 2013................................................................................... 

             Weighted 
Average   
   Rate     

Amount   

(Dollars in Thousands) 

   $471,562 
215,517 
86,855 
       42,023 
$815,957 

1.98% 
3.74 
3.64 
4.27 

Pursuant  to  collateral  agreements  with  the  FHLB,  advances  are  secured  by  qualifying  first  mortgage  loans,  qualifying 

fixed-income securities, FHLB stock and an interest-bearing demand deposit account with the FHLB. 

As  a  member  of  the  FHLB  of  Pittsburgh,  we  are  required  to  acquire  and  hold  shares  of  capital  stock  in  the  FHLB  of 
Pittsburgh  in  an  amount  at  least  equal  to  4.65%  of  its  advances  (borrowings)  from  the  FHLB  of,  plus  0.65%  of  the  unused 
borrowing  capacity.  We  were  in  compliance  with  this  requirement  with  a  stock  investment  in  FHLB  of  Pittsburgh  of  $39.3 
million at December 31, 2008.  This stock is carried on the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Condition at cost, which 
approximates liquidation value. 

In December 2008, the FHLB of Pittsburgh announced the suspension of both dividend payments and the repurchase of 
capital stock until such time as it determines it becomes prudent to reinstate both.  During 2008 we received $1.5 million in 
dividends from the FHLB of Pittsburgh. 

Eight  advances  are  outstanding  at  December  31,  2008  totaling  $180.0  million,  with  a  weighted  average  rate  of  4.37% 
maturing  in  2009  and  beyond.    They  are  convertible  on  a  quarterly  basis  (at  the  discretion  of  the  FHLB)  to  a  variable  rate 
advance based upon the three-month LIBOR rate, after an initial fixed term.  If any of these advances convert, WSFS has the 
option to prepay these advances at predetermined times or rates. 

 Trust Preferred Borrowings 

On  April  6,  2005,  we  completed  the  issuance  of  $67.0  million  of  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Pooled  Floating  Rate 
Securities at a variable interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate.  The proceeds from this issuance were 
used to fund the redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate Capital Trust I Preferred Securities.   

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 

During 2008, we purchased federal funds as a short-term funding source.  At December 31, 2008, we had purchased $50.0 

million in federal funds at a rate of 0.38%.  At December 31, 2007, we also had $50.0 million federal funds purchased. 

During 2008, we sold securities under agreements to repurchase as a funding source.  At December 31, 2008, securities 
sold under agreements to repurchase had a fixed rate of 4.87%.  The underlying securities are mortgage-backed securities with a 
book  value  of  $29.5  million  at  December  31,  2008.    Securities  sold  under  agreements to repurchase with the corresponding 
carrying and market values of the underlying securities are due as follows: 

- 77 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowing 
  Amount   

   Rate      

                         Collateral 
Market 
Carrying 
  Value    
  Value    

Accrued 
 Interest     

(Dollars in Thousands) 
2008 

Over 90 days .............................  

$  25,000 

   4.87% 

$  29,500 

$  30,223 

$ 

101 

2007 

Up to 30 days..............................  

$  25,000 

   4.87% 

$  29,086 

$  28,155 

  $        99 

Other Borrowed Funds 

Included in other borrowed funds are collateralized borrowings of $108.8 million and $94.9 million at December 31, 2008 
and 2007, respectively, consisting of outstanding retail repurchase agreements, contractual arrangements under which portions 
of certain securities are sold overnight to retail customers under agreements to repurchase.  Such borrowings were collateralized 
by mortgage-backed securities.  The average rates on these borrowings were 0.79% and 3.84% at December 31, 2008 and 2007, 
respectively.   

10.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Under Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) capital regulations, savings institutions such as WSFS, must maintain “tangible” 
capital equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets, “core” capital equal to 4.0% of adjusted total assets, “Tier 1” capital equal to 4.0% 
of risk-weighted assets and “total” or “risk-based” capital (a combination of core and “supplementary” capital) equal to 8.0% of 
risk-weighted assets.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory – and possibly additional 
discretionary – actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on WSFS’ Financial Statements.  At 
December  31,  2008  and  2007,  WSFS  was  in  compliance  with  regulatory  capital  requirements  and  was  deemed  a  “well-
capitalized” institution. 

The following table presents WSFS’ consolidated capital position as of December 31, 2008 and 2007: 

Consolidated 
Bank Capital 
Amount

Percent 

For Capital  
Adequacy Purposes 

Amount

Percent 

To Be Well-Capitalized 
Under Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 

Amount

Percent 

(In Thousands) 
As of December 31, 2008: 

Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Core Capital (to adjusted tangible assets) 
Tangible Capital (to tangible assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) 

$304,680
274,221
274,221
274,221

11.00%  $221,561
137,303
7.99 
51,489
7.99 
110,780
9.90 

8.00% 
4.00 
1.50 
4.00 

$276,951
171,629
N/A
166,170

10.00%
5.00 
N/A 
6.00 

As of December 31, 2007: 

Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets) 
Core Capital (to adjusted tangible assets) 
Tangible Capital (to tangible assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets) 

$304,992
276,327
276,327
276,327

12.31% 
8.63 
8.63 
11.16 

$198,156
128,033
48,012
99,078

8.00% 
4.00 
1.50 
4.00 

$247,696
160,041
N/A
148,617

10.00%
5.00 
N/A 
6.00 

- 78 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  We have a simple capital structure with one class of $0.01 par common stock outstanding, each share having equal voting 
rights.  In addition, we have authorized 7,500,000 shares of $0.01 par preferred stock.  No preferred stock was outstanding at 
December  31,  2008  and  2007.  When  infused  into  the  Bank,  the  Trust  Preferred  Securities  issued  in  2005  qualify  as  Tier  1 
capital. We are prohibited from paying any dividend or making any other capital distribution if, after making the distribution, 
we would be undercapitalized within the meaning of the OTS Prompt Corrective Action regulations. Since 1996, the Board of 
Directors has approved several stock repurchase programs to reacquire common shares.  As part of these programs, we acquired 
approximately 73,500 shares in 2008 for $3.6 million and 564,100 shares in 2007 for $36.2 million. 

The Holding Company 

In April 2005, WSFS Capital Trust III, an unconsolidated affiliate of WSFS Financial Corporation, issued $67.0 million of 
aggregate  principle  of  Pooled  Floating  Rate  Securities  at  a  variable  interest  rate  of  177  basis  points  over  the  three-month 
LIBOR rate.  The proceeds were used to refinance the WSFS Capital Trust I November 1998 issuance of $51.5 million of Trust 
Preferred Securities which had a variable rate of 250 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate.  At December 31, 2008, the 
coupon rate of the Capital Trust III securities was 3.97% with a scheduled maturity of June 1, 2035.  The effective rate will 
vary,  however,  due  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates.    The  proceeds  from  the  issue  were  invested  in  Junior  Subordinated 
Debentures  issued  by  WSFS  Financial  Corporation.    These  securities  are  treated  as borrowings with the interest included in 
interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.  In addition, we had an interest-rate cap with a notional amount 
of  $50.0  million,  which  limited  the  three-month  LIBOR  to  6.00%.    This  cap  expired  on  December  1,  2008.    Additional 
information concerning the Trust Preferred Securities and the interest rate cap is included in Notes 9 and 18 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.  The proceeds were used primarily to extinguish higher rate debt and for general corporate purposes. 

        Pursuant to federal laws and regulations, WSFS' ability to engage in transactions with affiliated corporations is limited, 
and WSFS generally may not lend funds to nor guarantee indebtedness of the Company. 

11. ASSOCIATE (EMPLOYEE) BENEFIT PLANS 

Associate 401(k) Savings Plan 

        Certain subsidiaries of ours maintain a qualified plan in which Associates may participate. Participants in the plan may 
elect to direct a portion of their wages into investment accounts that include professionally managed mutual and money market 
funds  and  our  common  stock.    Generally,  the  principal and earnings thereon are tax deferred until withdrawn.  We match a 
portion of the Associates' contributions and periodically make discretionary contributions based on our performance into the 
plan  for  the  benefit  of  Associates.    Our  total  cash  contributions  to  the  plan  on  behalf  of  our  Associates  resulted  in  a  cash 
expenditure of $1.8 million, $1.7 million and $1.6 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

        Effective  November  2007,  all  of  our  discretionary  contributions  are  invested  in  accordance  with  the  Associates’ 
selection  of  investments.    If  Associates  do  not  designate  how  discretionary  contributions  are  to  be  invested,  80%  will  be 
invested in a balanced fund and 20% will be invested in our common stock.  Associates may make transfers to various other 
investment vehicles within the plan without any significant restrictions.  The plan purchased 10,000, 25,000, and 13,000 shares 
of our common stock during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.   

        Postretirement Benefits 

        We  share  certain  costs  of  providing  health  and  life  insurance  benefits  to  retired  Associates  (and  their  eligible 
dependents).    Substantially  all  Associates  may  become  eligible  for  these  benefits  if  they  reach  normal  retirement  age  while 
working for us. 

- 79 -

 
 
 
 
 
       
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  We  account  for  our  obligations  under  the  provisions  of  SFAS  No.  106,  Employers'  Accounting  for  Postretirement 
Benefits  Other  Than  Pensions  (SFAS  106).    SFAS  106  requires  that  the  costs  of  these  benefits  be  recognized  over  an 
Associate's active working career.  Amortization of unrecognized net gains or losses resulting from experience different from 
that  assumed  and  from  changes  in  assumptions  is  included  as  a  component  of  net  periodic  benefit  cost  over  the  remaining 
service  period  of  active  employees  to  the  extent  that  such  gains  and  losses  exceed  10%  of  the  accumulated  postretirement 
benefit obligation, as of the beginning of the year.   

On  December 31,  2006,  we  adopted  the  recognition  and  disclosure  provisions  of  SFAS  No.  158,  Employers’ 
Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans (SFAS 158).  SFAS 158 requires that we recognize 
the  funded  status  of  our  defined  benefit  postretirement  plan  in  our  statement  of  financial  position,  with  a  corresponding 
adjustment  to  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income,  net  of  tax.  The  adjustment  to  accumulated  other  comprehensive 
income at adoption represented the net unrecognized actuarial losses and unrecognized transition obligation remaining from 
the initial adoption of SFAS No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions (SFAS 87), all of which were previously netted 
against the plan’s funded status in our statement of financial position pursuant to the provisions of SFAS 87. These amounts 
will  be  subsequently  recognized  as  net  periodic  pension  costs  pursuant  to  our  historical  accounting  policy  for  amortizing 
such  amounts.  Further,  actuarial  gains  and  losses  that  arise  in  subsequent  periods  and  are  not  recognized  as  net  periodic 
pension cost in the same periods will be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. Those amounts will be 
subsequently  recognized  as  a  component  of  net  periodic  pension  cost  on  the  same  basis  as  the  amounts  recognized  in 
accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption of SFAS 158. 

The  incremental  effect  of  adopting  the  recognition  and  disclosure  provisions  of  SFAS  158  on  our  Consolidated 
Statement of Condition at December 31, 2006 was a $905,000 (pretax) decrease in other comprehensive income.  This included 
a  net  actuarial  loss  of  $537,000  and  a net transition obligation of $368,000.  Also related to the adoption of SFAS 158, the 
Company  recorded  a  deferred  tax  asset  of  $344,000  and  a  corresponding  liability  of  $905,000.    During  2009,  the  Company 
expects to recognize $18,000 in expense relating to the amortization of the net actuarial loss and $61,000 in expense relating to 
the amortization of the net transition obligation. 

- 80 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following disclosures relating to postretirement benefits were measured at December 31, 2008: 

2008

2007

2006

(Dollars in Thousands) 
Change in benefit obligation: 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Actuarial loss/(gain)  
Benefits paid  

Benefit obligation at end of year 

Change in plan assets: 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 
Employer contributions  
Benefits paid  

Fair value of plan assets at end of year 

Funded status: 
Funded status 
Unrecognized transition obligation 
Unrecognized net loss  
Recognized net loss 

Net amount recognized 

Components of net periodic benefit cost: 
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Amortization of transition obligation  
Net loss recognition 

Net periodic benefit cost 

$ 2,339
142
137
56
(172)
$ 2,502

$          -
172
(172)
$          -

$(2,502)
-
-
774
$(1,728)

$    142
137
61
16
$    356

$ 2,233
137
125
(29)
(127)
$ 2,339

$          -
127
(127)
$          -

$(2,339)
--
--
795
$(1,544)

$    137
125
61
19
$    342

$ 2,287
108
93
(110)
(145)
$ 2,233

$          -
145
(145)
$          -

$(2,233)

905
$(1,328)

$108
93
61
-
$     262

Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:

Discount rate 
Health care cost trend rate 

Sensitivity analysis of health care cost trends: 
Effect of +1% on service cost plus interest cost 
Effect of –1% on service cost plus interest cost 
Effect of +1% on APBO 
Effect of –1% on APBO 

Assumptions used to value the  Accumulated Postretirement Benefit
Obligation (APBO): 
Discount rate 
Health care cost trend rate 
Ultimate trend rate 
Year of ultimate trend rate 

6.00%
5.00%

5.75%
5.00%

5.50%
5.00%

$     (12)
9
(89)
72

$     (7)
77
(74)
63

$      (8)

(76)
66

5.75%
5.00%
5.00%
2008

6.00%
5.00%
5.00%
2005

5.75%
5.00%
5.00%
2005

- 81 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated future benefit payments: 
The following table shows the expected future payments for the next ten years: 
During 2009 
During 2010 
During 2011 
During 2012 
During 2013 
During 2014 through 2018 

$     113
112
111
115
117
640
$ 1,208

    We assume that the average annual rate of increase for medical benefits will remain flat and stabilize at an average 
increase of 5% per annum.  The costs incurred for retirees' health care are limited since certain current and all future retirees are 
restricted  to  an  annual  medical  premium  cap  indexed  (since  1995)  by  the  lesser  of  4%  or  the  actual  increase  in  medical 
premiums paid by the Company.  For 2008, this annual premium cap amounted to $2,400 per retiree.  We estimate that we will 
contribute approximately $113,000 to the plan during fiscal 2009. 

    We have three additional plans.  They are a Supplemental Pension Plan with a corresponding liability of $700,000, an 
Early Retirement Window Plan with a corresponding liability of $464,000 and a Director’s Plan with a corresponding liability 
of $113,000. 

12.  TAXES ON INCOME 

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and separate state income tax returns.  

Our income tax provision consists of the following: 

Year Ended December 31,        
(In Thousands) 
Current income taxes: 
Federal taxes 
State and local taxes 

Deferred income taxes: 
Federal taxes 
State and local taxes 

Total 

2008

2007

2006

$9,741
119

(2,910)
-

$10,389
2,274

811

-56

$14,662
2,278

(1,336)

$6,950

$13,474

$15,660

  Current federal income taxes include taxes on income that cannot be offset by net operating loss carryforwards. 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following is a summary 
of the significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2008 and 2007: 

- 82 -

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
(In Thousands) 
Deferred tax liabilities: 

Accelerated depreciation 
Other 
Prepaid expenses 
Deferred loan costs 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred tax assets: 

Bad debt deductions 
Tax credit carryforwards 
Net operating loss carryforwards 
Capital loss carryforwards 
Loan fees 
Reserves and other 
Deferred gains 
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities 

Total deferred tax assets 

Valuation allowance 
Net deferred tax asset 

2008

2007

$   (802)
(99)
(1,556)
(1,959)
(4,416)

$   (618)
(24)
(1,505)
(2,100)
(4,247)

10,916
150
-
-
20
4,379
542
7,731
23,738

8,838
150
2,482
93
3
2,732
439
2,366
17,103

-
$19,322

(2,178)
$10,678

Included  in  the  table  above  is  the  effect  of  certain  temporary  differences  for  which  no  deferred  tax  expense  or 
benefit  was  recognized.  Such  items  consisted  primarily  of  unrealized gains and losses on certain investments in debt and 
equity  securities  accounted  for  under  SFAS  115.    Also  included  above  are  $369,000  of  deferred  tax  assets  recorded  in 
conjunction with the acquisition of 1st Reverse.  

Based on our history of prior earnings and our expectations of the future, it is anticipated that operating income and 
the reversal pattern of its temporary differences will, more likely than not, be sufficient to realize a net deferred tax asset of 
$19.3 million at December 31, 2008.  Adjustments to decrease gross deferred tax assets and the related valuation allowance 
in the amount of $2,028,000, $473,000 and $51,000 were made in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, to reflect federal and 
state tax net operating losses that have expired. No federal or state net operating losses remain at December 31, 2008.  

A reconciliation setting forth the differences between our effective tax rate and the U.S. Federal statutory tax rate is 

as follows: 

Year Ended December 31,        
Statutory federal income tax rate 
State tax net of federal tax benefit 
Interest income 50% excludable 
Bank-owned life insurance income 
Charitable donation 
Incentive stock option compensation 
Other 
Effective tax rate 

2008 
35.0%
0.3 
(3.2) 
(2.7) 
- 
0.7 
- 
30.1%

2007 
35.0% 
3.4 
(1.7) 
(1.8) 
(5.0) 
0.5 
0.8 
31.2% 

2006 
35.0%
3.2 
(1.6) 
(3.0) 
- 
0.6 
(0.2) 
34.0%

- 83 -

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  During  2007,  we  donated  an  N.C.  Wyeth  mural  which  was  previously  displayed  in  our  former  headquarters.    The 
estimated fair value of the mural was $6.0 million, which was recorded as a charitable contribution expense.  We recognized a 
related  offsetting  gain  on  the  transfer  of  the  asset  during  2007.    The  expense  and  offsetting  gain  was  shown  net  in  our 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  As  the  gain  on  the  transfer  of  the  asset  is  permanently  excludible  from  taxation,  the 
charitable  contribution  transaction  results  in  a  permanent  deduction  for  income  tax  purposes.    The  amount  of  the  deduction 
represents an income tax uncertainty because it is subject to evaluation by the Internal Revenue Service.      

We  record  interest  and  penalties  on  potential  income  tax  deficiencies  as  income  tax  expense.     Federal  tax  years 
2007 and 2008 remain subject to examination as of December 31, 2008, while tax years 2005 through 2008 remain subject 
to  examination  by  state  taxing  jurisdictions.    The  IRS  audit  of  our  2004,  2005  and  2006  federal  income  tax  returns  was 
completed  during  2008.    No  state  income  tax  return  examinations  are  currently  in  process.    We  believe  it  is  reasonably 
possible  that  between  $500,000  and  $1.0  million  of  unrecognized  state  tax  benefits,  net  of  federal  tax,  will  be  realized 
during 2009 as a result of the expiration of statutes of limitations.  It is also reasonably possible that between $100,000 and 
$200,000 of additional reserves will be established during 2009 related to interest on existing unrecognized tax benefits. 

During  2007,  an  additional  $3.6  million  tax  reserve  was  established  related  primarily  to  the  Internal  Revenue 
Service (“IRS”) disallowance of the deduction for certain compensation in prior periods.  This adjustment was the result of a 
routine  IRS  audit  of  our  2004  through  2006  tax  years.    Because  the  original  tax  benefit  for  this  item  was  recorded  as an 
increase to equity, $3.4 million of the tax liability was recorded as a reduction to equity in 2007.  Even though this matter 
was not yet settled, standards under FIN 48 required this reserve to be established during 2007.  In order to stop interest 
from  accruing  on  this  tax  liability  until  the  matter  could  be  resolved  through  the  IRS  appeals  process,  we  deposited  the 
entire $3.4 million, plus interest in 2007 so that no reserve remained for this matter as of December 31, 2007. During 2008 
we  successfully  completed  the  IRS  appeal  process  and  recovered  $863,000  of  taxes  plus  $145,000  of  interest  that  were 
previously assessed during the audit phase. The tax recovery was recorded as an increase to equity in 2008 while the interest 
received was recorded as a reduction of income tax expense. 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2008 was $2.6 million, of which $2.1 million 
would  affect  our  effective  tax  rate  if  recognized.    The  total  amount  of  accrued  interest  and  penalties  included  in  such 
unrecognized  tax  benefits  were  $572,000  and  $0,  respectively,  of  which  $175,000  was  recorded  as  expense  in  2008.    A 
reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits during 2008 is as follows:  

(In Thousands) 
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007 
Additions as a result of tax positions taken during prior years 
Additions as a result of tax positions taken during current year 
Reductions relating to settlements with taxing authorities 
Reductions as a result of a lapse of statues of limitations 
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 

13.  STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 

$  2,632
676
-
-
(723)
$2,585

  Stock-based compensation is accounted for in accordance with SFAS 123R.  We have stock options outstanding under 
two  plans  (collectively,  “Stock  Incentive  Plans”)  for  officers,  directors  and  Associates  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries.  
After shareholder approval in 2005, the 1997 Stock Option Plan (“1997 Plan”) was replaced by the 2005 Incentive Plan (“2005 
Plan”).  No future awards may be granted under the 1997 Plan.  The 2005 Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its 
effective  date,  after  which  no  awards  may  be  granted.    The  number  of  shares  reserved  for  issuance  under  the  2005  Plan  is 
862,000.  At December 31, 2008, there were 327,851 shares available for future grants under the 2005 Plan. 

  The Stock Incentive Plans provide for the granting of incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Internal 
Revenue Code as well as nonincentive stock options (collectively, “Stock Options”).  Additionally, the 2005 Plan provides for 
- 84 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the granting of stock appreciation rights, performance awards, restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, deferred stock 
units, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards and cash awards.  All Stock Options are to be granted at not less than the 
market price of our common stock on the date of the grant.  All Stock Options granted during 2008 vest in 25% per annum 
increments, start to become exercisable one year from the grant date and expire in five years from the grant date.  Generally, all 
awards become immediately exercisable in the event of a change in control, as defined within the Stock Incentive Plans. 

  A summary of the status of our Stock Incentive Plans as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and changes during 

the years then ended is presented below: 

                 2008                 
     Weighted- 
 Average 

                 2007                 

             2006 

              Weighted-                   

             Average  

Weighted- 
                        Average    

  Shares      Exercise Price           Shares           Exercise Price         Shares      Exercise Price  

Stock Options: 
Outstanding at beginning of year  722,582   
33,250   
Granted  
(60,240  ) 
Exercised 
  (19,705  ) 
Forfeited 
675,887   
Outstanding at end of year 

$  43.14   
49.08   
20.51   
59.27   
44.98   

703,427   
121,375   
(80,836  ) 
    (21,384  ) 
722,582   

$  39.52   
54.25   
23.85   
60.08   
43.14   

742,404   
106,905   
(143,346  ) 
  (2,536  ) 
703,427   

 $ 31.92 
64.93 
19.01 
46.19 
39.52 

Exercisable at end of year 

473,445   

39.84   

444,653   

33.75   

416,773   

26.91 

Weighted-average fair value 
 of awards granted  

$   10.57 

$   11.36   

$   13.52 

Beginning January 1, 2008, 444,653 stock options were exercisable with an intrinsic value of $8.4 million.  In addition, 
at  January  1,  2008  there  were  277,929  nonvested  options  with  a  grant  date  fair  value  of  $12.43.    During  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2008, 105,479 options vested with an intrinsic value of $57,000, and a grant date fair value of $12.47 per option. 
 Also during 2008, 60,240 options were exercised with an intrinsic value of $2.0 million.  In addition, 16,447 vested options 
were forfeited with an intrinsic value of $7,000 and a grant date fair value of $13.59, while 19,705 options were forfeited in 
total with a grant date fair value of $13.41.  There were 473,445 exercisable options remaining at December 31, 2008, with an 
intrinsic value of $6.1 million and a remaining contractual term of 3.4 years.  At December 31, 2008 there were 675,887 stock 
options outstanding with an intrinsic value of $6.1 million and a remaining contractual term of 3.5 years and 202,442 nonvested 
options  with  a  grant  date  fair  value  of  $12.10.    During  2007,  80,836  options  were  exercised  with  an  intrinsic  value  of  $3.3 
million and 103,286 options vested with a grant date fair value of $11.86 per option. 

  The total amount of compensation cost related to nonvested stock options as of December 31, 2008 was $1.5 million.  
The weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is 2.6 years.  We issue new shares upon the exercise of 
options. 

During  2008,  we  granted  33,250  options  with  a  five-year  life  and  a  four-year  vesting  period.    The  Black-Scholes 
option-pricing  model  was  used  to  determine  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  these  options.    Significant  assumptions  used  in  the 
model included a weighted-average risk-free rate of return of between 1.1% and 2.7% in 2008; an expected option life of three 
and three-quarter years; and an expected stock price volatility of between 23.4% and 29.6% in 2008.  For the purposes of this 
option-pricing  model,  a  dividend  yield  of  between  0.8%  and  1.1%  was  used  as  the  expected  dividend  yield.    The  expected 
option life was determined based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term.       

- 85 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  The Black-Scholes and other option-pricing models assume that options are freely tradable and immediately vested.  
Since options are not transferable, have vesting provisions, and are subject to trading blackout periods imposed by us, the value 
calculated by the Black-Scholes model may significantly overstate the true economic value of the options. 

During 2008, we created two new performance-based incentive programs under the terms of the 2005 Plan.  Under 

these programs shares of WSFS stock may be awarded to certain members of management.  

We  created  a  Performance-Based  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Program  which  would  have  awarded  restricted  stock  to 
senior  management  if  a  specified  earnings  per  share  (EPS)  target  was  achieved  during  2008.    At  December  31,  2008  the 
target was not achieved, therefore no awards were made.      

The  Long-Term  Performance-Based  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Program  (Long-Term  Program)  will  award  up  to  an 
aggregate of 109,200 shares of WSFS stock to seventeen participants, only after the achievement of targeted levels of return on 
assets (“ROA”).  Under the terms of the plan, if an annual ROA performance level of 1.20% is achieved, up to 54,900 shares 
will be awarded.  If an annual ROA performance level of 1.35% is achieved, up to 76,100 shares will be awarded.  If an annual 
ROA performance level of 1.50% or greater is achieved, up to 109,200 shares will be awarded.  If these targets are achieved in 
any year up until 2011, the awarded stock will then vest in 25% increments over four years. 

  We  did  not  recognize  any  compensation  expense  in  2008  for  these  two  new  programs.    The  Performance-Based 
Restricted  Stock  Unit  Program  was  effective  only  for  2008  and  has  expired.    Compensation  expense  for  the  Long-Term 
Program will be based on the closing stock price as of May 28, 2008 and will begin to be recognized once the achievement of 
target performance is considered probable. 

Currently we have 327,851 shares available for issuance under the 2005 Plan.  Full share  awards, such as restricted 
stock,  have  the  equivalence  of  four  option  grants  for  the  purpose  of  calculating  shares  available  for  issuance.    Under  the 
provisions of the Long Term Program, if a performance level is achieved and there are insufficient shares available for grant, 
then we would have the option of granting the available shares with the remainder being paid in cash.  

The impact of stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $851,000 pretax ($731,000 after 
tax), or $0.12 per share, to salaries, benefits and other compensation, compared to $1.2 million pretax ($1.0 million after tax), or 
$0.16 per share in 2007 and $1.5 million pretax ($1.3 million after tax), or $0.19 per share in 2006.  The decrease in expense 
related to stock-based compensation in 2008 was due to a timing change made during 2008.  In prior years, stock options have 
been granted to Associates during the fourth quarter.  The stock options that would have been awarded in the fourth quarter of 
2008  have  been  delayed  until  the  first  quarter  of  2009.    This  delay  and  the  effect  of  immediately  expensing  stock-based 
compensation to retirement eligible Associates accounted for the reduction in compensation expense related to stock options. 

- 86 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes all stock options outstanding and exercisable for Option Plans as of December 31, 

2008, segmented by range of exercise prices: 

                              Outstanding                            
    Weighted- 
   Average 
   Exercise 
     Price      

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Life 

Number 

         Exercisable 

Weighted- 
Average 
  Exercise 
     Price 

  Number 

Stock Options:   

$  6.90-$13.80 
$13.81-$20.70 
$20.71-$27.60 
$27.61-$34.50 
$34.51-$41.40 
$41.41-$48.30 
$48.31-$55.20 
$55.21-$62.10 
$62.11-$69.00 

40,270 
118,570 
- 
61,755 
- 
85,215 
  120,915 
  71,027 
  178,135 

$ 10.89 
16.88 
- 
33.40 
- 
44.49 
53.20 
58.84 
64.53 

1.9 years 
2.7 years 
- years 
4.0 years 
- years 
6.2 years 
4.0 years 
5.5 years 
2.5 years 

40,270 
118,570 
- 
61,755 
- 
61,681 

$ 10.89 
16.88 
- 
33.40 
- 
43.77 
        32,726              53.16 
 50,291              58.89 
  108,152              64.34 

Total 

 675,887 

$44.98 

3.7 years 

 473,445 

$39.84 

  During 2008, 2007 and 2006, we issued 185, 129 and 15,269 shares, respectively, of restricted stock.  These awards vest 

over five years:  0% in the first two years, 25% in each of the third and fourth years and 50% in the fifth year.     

14.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

  Lending Operations 

  At  December  31,  2008,  we  had  commitments  to  extend  credit  of  $700.5  million.    Consumer  lines  of  credit  totaled 
$47.7  million  of  which  $27.9  million  was  secured  by  real  estate.    Outstanding  letters  of  credit  were  $59.7  million  and 
outstanding  commitments  to  make  or  acquire  mortgage  loans  aggregated  $8.3  million.  Approximately  $7.5  million  of  these 
mortgage loan commitments were at fixed rates ranging from 4.38% to 6.38%, and approximately $757,000 was at variable 
rates ranging from 5.75% to 6.88%.  Mortgage commitments generally have closing dates within a six-month period. 

      Data Processing Operations  

       We have entered into contracts to manage our network operations, data processing and other related services.  The 
projected amounts of future minimum payments contractually due (in thousands) are as follows: 

2009.......................................................................................................... 
2010 .............................................................................................               $    906 
2011 .............................................................................................               $      74 
2012 .............................................................................................               $      11 

   $ 3,683   

- 87 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
Legal Proceedings 

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to legal actions that involve claims for monetary relief.  Based upon 
information presently available to us and our counsel, it is our opinion that any legal and financial responsibility arising from 
such claims will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

      We, as successor to originators, are from time to time involved in arbitration or litigation with reverse mortgage loan 
borrowers or with the heirs of borrowers.  Because reverse mortgages are a relatively new and uncommon product, there can be 
no assurances regarding how the courts or arbitrators may apply existing legal principles to the interpretation and enforcement 
of the terms and conditions of our reverse mortgage rights and obligations. 

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk 

      We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business primarily to meet 
the financing needs of our customers.  To varying degrees, these financial instruments involve elements of credit risk that are 
not recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Condition. 

Exposure to loss for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual 
amount of those instruments.  We generally require collateral to support such financial instruments in excess of the contractual 
amount of those instruments and essentially use the same credit policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance sheet 
instruments. 

The following represents a summary of off-balance sheet financial instruments at year-end: 

December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Financial instruments with contract amounts which  
   represent potential credit risk: 

Construction loan commitments  
Commercial mortgage loan commitments  
Commercial loan commitments  
Commercial standby letters of credit  
Residential mortgage loan commitments  
Consumer loan commitments  

2008

2007

$208,307
126,918
249,643
59,703
8,270
47,699

$154,875
105,094
223,181
45,977
8,435
48,690

    Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition 
established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require 
payment  of  a  fee.    Since  many  of  the  commitments  are  expected  to  expire  without  being  completely  drawn  upon,  the  total 
commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.    Standby  letters  of  credit  are  conditional 
commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  We evaluate each customer's creditworthiness 
and obtain collateral based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. 

Indemnifications 

 Secondary Market Loan Sales.  We generally do not sell loans with recourse except to the extent arising from 
standard loan sale contract provisions covering violations of representations and warranties and, under certain circumstances 
first payment default by the borrower.  These are customary repurchase provisions in the secondary market for conforming 
mortgage loan sales.  We typically sell fixed-rate, conforming first mortgage loans in the secondary market as part of our 

- 88 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
ongoing asset/liability management program.  Loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or market of the aggregate 
or in some cases individual loans.  Gains and losses on sales of loans are recognized at the time of the sale. 

As  is  customary  in  such  sales,  we  provide  indemnifications  to  the  buyers  under  certain  circumstances.    These 
indemnifications may include the repurchase of loans by us.  Repurchases and losses are rare, and no provision is made for 
losses at the time of sale.  During 2008, we had no repurchases. 

Swap  Guarantees.    We  entered  into  agreements  with  two  unaffiliated  financial  institutions  whereby  those 
financial institutions entered into interest rate derivative contracts (interest rate swap transactions) with customers referred 
to  them  by  us.    By  the  terms  of  the  agreements,  those  financial  institutions  have  recourse  to  us  for  any  exposure  created 
under  each  swap  transaction  in  the  event  the  customer  defaults  on  the  swap  agreement  and  the  agreement  is  in  a  paying 
position to the third-party financial institution.  This is a customary arrangement that allows smaller financial institutions 
like us to provide access to interest rate swap transactions for our customers without creating the swap ourselves. 

At December 31, 2008, there were thirty-nine variable-rate to fixed-rate swap transactions between the third-party 
financial institution and our customers with an initial notional amount aggregating approximately $176.6 million, and with 
maturities  ranging  from  four  months  to  fourteen  years.    The  aggregate  fair  value  of  these  swaps  to  the  customers  was  a 
liability of $20.9 million as of December 31, 2008, and all of the swap transactions were in a paying position to third-party 
financial institutions.  

ATM  Cash  Management.    In  2007,  we  entered  into  an  agreement  with  a  financial  institution,  whereby  they 
provide cash for distribution/cash management by CashConnect, our ATM division.  Under this agreement we accept the 
operational  risk  associated  with  this  cash  and  are  legally  bound  to  reimburse  the  financial  institution  for  any  related 
operational losses.  We have taken steps to mitigate the risk of loss to us by purchasing a multi-layer insurance policy and 
instituting  strong  operational  controls.    Additionally,  CashConnect has  the  ability  to recover losses  from  its vault  cash 
customers  based  on  the  strength  of our ATM  cash  bailment  agreements, which hold  the  ATM  vault  cash  customers 
responsible for any loss of cash, which is not a result of our gross negligence. 

15.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

  The  reported  fair  values  of  financial  instruments  are  based  on  a  variety  of  factors.    In  certain  cases,  fair  values 
represent quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments.  In other cases, fair values have been estimated based 
on assumptions regarding the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows that are discounted to reflect current market 
rates and varying degrees of risk.  Accordingly, the fair values may not represent actual values of the financial instruments that 
could have been realized as of year-end or that will be realized in the future.  

  The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for 

which it is practicable to estimate that value: 

  Cash and Short-Term Investments:  For cash and short-term investments, including due from banks, federal funds sold, 
securities  purchased  under  agreements  to  resell  and  interest-bearing  deposits  with  other  banks,  the  carrying  amount  is  a 
reasonable estimate of fair value. 

Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities:  Fair value for investment and mortgage-backed securities is based on 
quoted market prices, where available.  If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted prices for 
similar securities.  The fair value of our investment in reverse mortgages is based on the net present value of estimated cash 
flows, which have been updated to reflect recent external appraisals of the underlying collateral.  For additional discussion 
of our mortgage-backed securities-trading, see Footnote 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

- 89 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans:  Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics.  Loans are segregated by 
type: commercial, commercial mortgages, construction, residential mortgages and consumer.  For loans that reprice frequently, 
the  book  value  approximates  fair  value.    The  fair  values of other types of loans are estimated by discounting expected cash 
flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with comparable credit ratings and for similar 
remaining maturities.  The fair value of nonperforming loans is based on recent external appraisals of the underlying collateral.  
Estimated cash flows, discounted using a rate commensurate with current rates and the risk associated with the estimated cash 
flows, are utilized if appraisals are not available. 

  Bank-Owned Life Insurance:  The estimated fair value approximates the book value for this investment.   

Stock  in  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  Pittsburgh:    The  fair  value  of  FHLB  stock  is  assumed  to  be  essentially 

equal to its cost basis, since the stock is non-marketable but redeemable at its par value. 

  Deposit Liabilities:  The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, 
money market and interest-bearing demand deposits and savings deposits, is assumed to be equal to the amount payable on 
demand.    The  carrying  value  of  variable  rate  time  deposits  and  time  deposits  that  reprice  frequently  also  approximates  fair 
value.  The fair value of the remaining time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows.  The discount 
rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits with comparable remaining maturities. 

  Borrowed  Funds:    Rates  currently  available  to  us  for  debt  with  similar  terms  and  remaining  maturities  are  used  to 

estimate fair value of existing debt. 

  Off-Balance  Sheet  Instruments:    The  fair  value  of  off-balance  sheet  instruments,  including  commitments  to  extend 
credit  and  standby  letters  of  credit,  is  estimated  using  the  fees  currently  charged  to  enter  into  similar  agreements  with 
comparable remaining terms and reflects the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. 

The book value and estimated fair value of our financial instruments are as follows: 

December 31, 

(In Thousands) 
Financial assets: 

2008 

2007 

Book Value

Fair Value

Book Value

Fair Value

Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment securities 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Loans, net 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh 
Accrued interest receivable 

$  248,558
49,688
498,205
2,443,835
59,337
39,305
11,609

$  248,558
49,578
498,205
2,435,135
59,337
39,290
11,609

$  267,537
28,272
496,792
2,233,980
57,551
45,537
12,905

$  267,537
28,254
496,284
2,240,847
57,551
45,455
12,905

Financial liabilities: 

Deposits 
Borrowed funds 
Accrued interest payable 

2,122,352
1,066,745
6,794

2,101,881
1,035,401
6,794

1,827,161
1,135,160
10,189

1,811,947
1,136,020
10,189

- 90 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The estimated fair value of our off-balance sheet financial instruments is as follows: 

December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Off-balance sheet instruments: 

Commitments to extend credit 
Standby letters of credit 

16.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

2008

2007

$5,926
597

$4,942
460

We routinely enter into transactions with our directors and officers.  Such transactions are made in the ordinary course of 
business and management believes they are on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, 
as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other customers, and do not, in the opinion of management, 
involve more than the normal credit risk or present other unfavorable features. The aggregate amount of loans to such related 
parties was $5.0 million and $5.4 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  During 2008, new loans and credit line 
advances to such related parties amounted to $5.3 million and repayments amounted to $5.8 million.   

  Our  Chairman  was  also  the  Chairman  of  the  FHLB  of  Pittsburgh.    At  December  31,  2008,  we  had  borrowed  funds 

outstanding from the FHLB of Pittsburgh of $816.0 million and owned $39.3 million of FHLB of Pittsburgh stock. 

    During 2007 we engaged a law firm that is affiliated with one of our directors for general legal services.  Total fees for 

such services amounted to $56,000 during 2007.  We paid no fees to this firm during 2008.     

17.  PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Condensed Statement of Financial Condition 

December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Assets: 
Cash  
Investment in subsidiaries  
Investment in interest rate cap  
Investment in Capital Trust III 
Other assets 

Total assets  

Liabilities: 

Borrowings 
Interest payable 
Other liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Stockholders' equity: 
Common stock  
Capital in excess of par value  
Comprehensive loss 
Retained earnings  
Treasury stock  
Total stockholders' equity  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

- 91 -

2008

2007

$       3,228
277,439
-
2,011
1,232
$283,910

$  67,011
229
35
67,275

157
87,033
(12,613)
390,338
(248,280)
216,635
$283,910

$       682
275,258
-
2,011
800
$278,751

$  67,011
372
38
67,421

157
83,077
(3,861)
376,682
(244,725)
211,330
$278,751

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Statement of Operations 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Income: 

Interest income  
Noninterest income 

Expenses:  

Interest expense 
Other operating expenses 

Loss before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries 
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries  
Net income  

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows 

Year Ended December 31, 
(In Thousands) 
Operating activities: 
Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash  
    used for operating activities: 

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries  
Amortization  
Decrease (increase) in other assets 
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities 

Net cash used for operating activities  

Investing activities: 

Decrease (increase) in investment in subsidiaries 
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities 

Financing activities: 

Issuance of common stock  
Dividends paid on common stock  
Treasury stock, net of reissuance  
Net cash used for financing activities  

(Decrease) increase in cash  
Cash at beginning of period  
Cash at end of period  

- 92 -

2008

2007

2006

$     324
134
458

3,275
(941)
2,334

(1,875)
18,011
$16,136

$     337
166
503

4,752
(1,437)
3,315

(2,812)
32,461
$29,649

$     594
354
948

5,053
(1,386)
3,667

(2,719)
33,160
$30,441

2008

2007

2006

$ 16,136

$ 29,649

$ 30,441

(18,011)
-
(432)
(146)
(2,453)

7,430
7,430

3,956
(2,832)
(3,555)
(2,431)

2,546
682
$     3,228

(32,461)
-
443
(38)
(2,407)

34,898
34,898

1,784
(2,403)
(36,174)
(36,793)

(4,302)
4,984
$     682

(33,160)
560
(606)
51
(2,714)

(646)
(646)

6,907
(2,057)
(6,603)
(1,753)

(5,113)
10,097
$   4,984

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18.  ACCOUNTING FOR INTEREST RATE CAP 

  We  had  an  interest-rate  cap  with  a  notional  amount  of  $50.0  million,  which  limited  the  three-month  LIBOR  to 
6.00% for the ten years ending December 1, 2008.  The fair value of the cap was estimated using a standard option model.  
The  cap  was  considered  a  free  standing  derivative  and  all  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  cap  were  recorded  in  the 
Consolidated Statement of Operations.  During 2008, 2007 and 2006 we recognized interest expense related to the cap of 
zero, $30,000 and $560,000, respectively. 

19.  SEGMENT INFORMATION 

Under  the  definition  of  SFAS  No.  131,  Disclosures  About  Segments  of  an  Enterprise  and  Related  Information 
(SFAS 131), we discuss our business in three segments. There is one segment for WSFS Bank and one for Cash Connect, 
the ATM division of WSFS. The third segment, “All Others,” represents the combined contributions of Montchanin, WSFS 
Investment  Group,  Inc.,  our  Wealth  Management  Services  Division,  and  1st  Reverse.    Montchanin,  WSFS  Investment 
Group, Inc., Wealth Management Services Division, and 1st Reverse each offer different products, to a separate customer 
base,  through  distinct  distribution  methods.  Therefore,  we  have  combined  Montchanin,  WSFS  Investment  Group,  Inc., 
Wealth Management Services Division, and 1st Reverse to form the operating segment “All Others.”   

The  WSFS  segment  provides  financial  products  to  commercial  and  retail  customers  through  its  main  office,  35 
retail banking and loan production offices and operations center.  Retail and Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate 
Lending, Private Banking and other banking business units are operating departments of WSFS.  These departments share 
the  same  regulator,  market,  many  of  the  same  customers  and  provide  similar  products  and  services  through  the  general 
infrastructure of the Company.  Because of these and other reasons, these departments are not considered discrete segments 
and are appropriately aggregated within the WSFS segment of the Company in accordance with SFAS 131.   

Cash Connect provides turnkey ATM services through strategic partnerships with several of the largest networks, 
manufacturers  and  service  providers  in  the  ATM  industry.    The  balance  sheet  category  “Cash  in  non-owned  ATMs” 
includes cash from which fee income is earned through bailment arrangements with customers of Cash Connect. 

Montchanin provides asset management products and services to customers in the Company’s primary market area. 
 Montchanin has one consolidated wholly-owned subsidiary, Cypress.  Cypress is a Wilmington-based investment advisory 
firm  serving  high  net-worth  individuals  and  institutions.    WSFS  Investment  Group,  Inc.  markets  various  third-party 
insurance  products  and  securities  directly  to  the  public  and  through  the  Bank’s  retail  banking  system.    The  Wealth 
Management  Services  Division  provides  wealth  management  and  personal  trust  services  to  customers  in  the  Company’s 
primary market area.  1st Reverse originates and subsequently sells reverse mortgage loans.   

An operating segment is a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn 
revenues  and  incur  expenses,  whose  operating  results  are  regularly  reviewed  by  the  enterprise’s  chief  operating  decision 
makers to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete 
financial  information  is  available.    We  evaluate  performance  based  on  pretax  ordinary  income  relative  to  resources  used, 
and allocate resources based on these results.  The accounting policies applicable to our segments are those that apply to our 
preparation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.  Segment information for the years ended December 
31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 follows: 

- 93 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008: 
(In Thousands) 
External customer revenues: 

Interest income 
Noninterest income 

Total external customer revenues 

Intersegment revenues: 

Interest income 
Noninterest income 

Total intersegment revenues 

WSFS

CashConnect

All Others (1)

Total

 $       166,477
           27,479
          193,956

 $               -
           13,752
           13,752

 $               -
             4,758
             4,758

 $       166,477
           45,989
          212,466

            3,545
            3,567
           7,112

                  -
                641
                641

                  5
                  -
                  5

             3,550
             4,208
           7,758

Total revenue 

          201,068

           14,393

             4,763

          220,224

External customer expenses: 

Interest expense 
Noninterest expenses 
Provision for loan loss 

Total external customer expenses 

Intersegment expenses: 

Interest expense 
Noninterest expenses 

Total intersegment expenses 

          77,258
           75,813
            23,024
          176,095

                  -
             5,978
                  -
            5,978

                  -
             7,307
                  -
             7,307

          77,258
           89,098
             23,024
          189,380

                  5
                641
                646

             3,524
            868
            4,392

                 21
             2,699
             2,720

             3,550
             4,208
           7,758

Total expenses 

          176,741

           10,370

             10,027

          197,138

Income (loss) before taxes  

 $         24,327

 $          4,023

 $         (5,264)

   $          23,086

Provision for income taxes 

Consolidated net income 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Other segment assets 
Total segment assets 

           6,950

 $         16,136

 $         56,489
       3,168,467
 $    3,224,956

 $       189,965
           12,836
 $       202,801

 $          2,104
             2,699
 $          4,803

   $       248,558
       3,184,002
 $    3,432,560

Capital expenditures 

 $          4,587

 $             204 

 $                 109

 $           4,900

(1)   Includes Montchanin Capital Management, Inc., WSFS Investment Group Inc.,Wealth Management Services Division and 1st Reverse. 

- 94 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2007: 
(In Thousands) 
External customer revenues: 

Interest income 
Noninterest income 

Total external customer revenues 

Intersegment revenues: 

Interest income 
Noninterest income 

Total intersegment revenues 

WSFS

CashConnect

All Others (1)

Total

$       189,477
          27,991
         217,468

 $               -
          16,584 
          16,584 

 $               -
             3,591 
             3,591 

$       189,477
           48,166
         237,643

            8,684
            2,544
          11,228

                  -
               675 
               675 

                  -
                  -
                  -

             8,684
            3,219
          11,903

Total revenue 

          228,696

          17,259 

             3,591 

         249,546

External customer expenses: 

Interest expense 
Noninterest expenses 
Provision for loan loss 

Total external customer expenses 

Intersegment expenses: 

Interest expense 
Noninterest expenses 

Total intersegment expenses 

         107,468
          72,657
            5,021
         185,146

                  -
             4,683 
                  -
            4,683 

                  -
             4,691 
                  -
             4,691 

         107,468
          82,031
            5,021
          194,520

                  -
               675
               675

            8,684 
            1,076 
            9,760 

                  -
             1,468 
             1,468 

            8,684
            3,219
          11,903

Total expenses 

         185,821

          14,443 

             6,159 

         206,423

Income (loss) before taxes and minority interest  

$         42,875

$          2,816 

 $         (2,568)

$          43,123

Provision for income taxes 
Minority interest 
Consolidated net income 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Other segment assets 
Total segment assets 

          13,474

$         29,649

$         83,650
      2,913,328
$    2,996,978

$       182,523 
          17,314 
$       199,837 

 $          1,364 
             2,009 
 $          3,373 

  $       267,537
      2,932,651
$    3,200,188

Capital expenditures 

$          8,134

$             194 

 $                 5 

$           8,333

(1)   Includes Montchanin Capital Management, Inc., WSFS Investment Group Inc.,Wealth Management Services Division and 1st Reverse. 

- 95 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2006: 
(In Thousands) 
External customer revenues: 

Interest income 
Noninterest income 

Total external customer revenues 

Intersegment revenues: 

Interest income 
Noninterest income 

Total intersegment revenues 

WSFS

CashConnect

All Others (1)

Total

$       177,177
          21,472
         198,649

 $               -
          15,644 
          15,644 

 $               -
             3,189 
             3,189 

$       177,177
          40,305
         217,482

             8,071
            1,704
            9,775

                  -
               685 
               685 

                  -
                  -
                  -

            8,071
            2,389
          10,460

Total revenue 

         208,424

          16,329 

             3,189 

         227,942

External customer expenses: 

Interest expense 
Noninterest expenses 
Provision for loan loss 

Total external customer expenses 

Intersegment expenses: 

Interest expense 
Noninterest expenses 

Total intersegment expenses 

          99,278
          61,521
            2,738
         163,537

                  -
            4,222 
                  -
            4,222 

                  -
             3,571 
                  -
             3,571 

           99,278
          69,314
            2,738
         171,330

                  -
                685
               685

            8,071 
               688 
            8,759 

                  -
             1,016 
             1,016 

            8,071
            2,389
          10,460

Total expenses 

         164,222

          12,981 

             4,587 

         181,790

Income (loss) before taxes and minority interest 

$         44,202

$          3,348 

 $         (1,398)

$          46,152

Provision for income taxes 
Minority interest 
Consolidated net income 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Other segment assets 
Total segment assets 

          15,660
                 51
$         30,441

$         74,905
      2,738,531
$    2,813,436

$       166,092 
          15,228 
$       181,320 

 $             827 
             1,813 
 $          2,640 

 $       241,824
      2,755,572
$    2,997,396

Capital expenditures 

$          9,790

$             382 

 $               20 

$         10,192

(1)   Includes Montchanin Capital Management, Inc., WSFS Investment Group Inc.,Wealth Management Services Division and 1st Reverse. 

- 96 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20.  BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC Acquisition 

On April 30, 2008, we completed the acquisition of a 51% majority stake in 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC 
(“1st  Reverse”).    Operating  results  of  1st  Reverse  are  included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  since  the  date  of 
acquisition.  As a result of the acquisition, we expect to build on the knowledge and experience we have gained over nearly 
15 years of success with reverse mortgages and promote this senior-friendly product to customers on a national basis.  This 
business is expected to enhance our revenue and fee income, further diversify and strengthen our business model and move 
towards our goal of high performance. 

The acquisition resulted in recording $685,000 of goodwill, which is the excess cost over the fair value of its assets 
at  the  time  of  acquisition.    Other  intangibles  amounting  to  $658,000  were  also  identified  in  the  transaction,  with 
amortization  periods  of  5-10  years  using  straight-line  methods.    A  portion  of  the  goodwill  and  all  the  intangibles  will be 
deducted for tax purposes.    

Sun National Bank Branch Purchase 

On October 24, 2008, we completed the acquisition of six branches from Sun National Bank and their respective 
deposits.  The operating results of these branches have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date 
of acquisition.  We expect this acquisition to further solidify our market share in Delaware, expand our customer base to 
enhance deposit fee income and provide an opportunity to market additional products and services to new customers. 

The aggregate cash purchase price was $11.5 million.  The purchase price resulted in approximately $10 million in 
goodwill and $2 million in core deposit intangibles (“CDI”).  This CDI will be amortized over 7.5 years, using straight-line 
methods.  The goodwill and intangible assets will be deducted for tax purposes.  In the transaction, WSFS acquired $95.3 
million of deposits. 

The  goodwill  related  to  both  the  1st  Reverse  acquisition  and  the  Sun  National  Bank  branch  purchase  will  not  be 

amortized, but instead will be evaluated periodically for impairment. 

21. SUBSEQUENT EVENT 

In  January  2009,  WSFS  entered  into  a  definitive  agreement  with  the  U.S.  Treasury.    Pursuant  to  the  agreement, 
WSFS sold to the U.S. Treasury, 52,625 shares of senior preferred stock, having a liquidation amount equal to $1,000 per 
share, or $52.6 million.  These shares of senior preferred stock also has an attached warrant (Warrant) to purchase 175,105 
shares  of  WSFS’  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share,  for  the  aggregate  price  of  $7.9  million.    The  preferred  stock 
qualifies as Tier 1 capital and will pay cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per year, for the first five years, and 9% per year 
thereafter.   

The Warrant has a 10-year term with 50% vesting immediately upon issuance and the remaining 50% vesting on 
January 1, 2010 if certain qualified equity offerings are not satisfied.  The Warrant has an exercise price, subject to anti-
dilution adjustments, equal to $45.08 per share of common stock. 

- 97 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL SUMMARY  (Unaudited) 

Three months ended 
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses(1) 
Net interest income after 
    provision for loan losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expenses 
Income before minority interest 
    and taxes 
Less minority interest 
Income before taxes 
Income tax provision 
Net Income 

Earnings per share: 
Basic 
Diluted 

12/31/08 09/30/08 06/30/08 03/31/08 12/31/07  09/30/07  06/30/07 03/31/07

$  39,785 $  41,337 $  40,795 $  44,560 $  48,143 $  47,579 $  46,667 $  47,088
26,028
21,060
371

27,480
20,099
1,001

27,433
20,710
2,376

26,527
20,140
1,273

18,030
23,307
3,502

18,428
22,367
2,433

17,209
22,576
14,699

23,591
20,969
2,390

7,877
10,128
23,969

19,805
11,684
23,022

19,934
11,671
21,170

18,579
12,506
20,937

18,334
13,008
22,313

19,098
12,809
21,333

18,867
11,616
19,027

20,689
10,733
19,358

(5,964)

8,467

10,435

10,148

9,029

10,574

11,456

12,064

---

-

---

-

(5,964)
(2,644)

12,064
4,283
$   (3,320) $   5,510 $   6,700 $   7,246 $   7,496 $   7,143 $   7,229 $   7,781

11,456
4,227

10,574
3,431

10,435
3,735

10,148
2,902

9,029
1,533

8,467
2,957

(0.54)
(0.54)

0.90
0.88

1.09
1.07

1.17
1.15

1.21
1.18

1.14
1.11

1.15
1.11

1.19
1.15

(1) During the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a $14.7 million provision for loan losses, which was primarily related to the impairment of four large 

construction and land development (CLD) credits.   

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

There are no matters required to be disclosed under this item. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

 Disclosure Controls and Procedures   

Our management evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the 
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report.  Based on that 
evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures 
are effective.  

During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, there was no change in internal control over financial reporting that 

has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

- 98 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

To Our Stockholders: 

Management  of  the  Corporation  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 1934.  The Corporation’s internal 
control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Corporation’s management and board of 
directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. 

Management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December  31,  2008.  In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework.    Based  on  this 
assessment,  management  has  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2008,  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting is effective based on those criteria. 

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, as stated in their reports, which are included herein. 

/s/ Mark A. Turner 
Mark A. Turner 
President and Chief Executive Officer  

        /s/ Stephen A. Fowle 
Stephen A. Fowle 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 

- 99 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders  
WSFS Financial Corporation: 

We  have  audited  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  of  WSFS  Financial  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  (the 
Company) as of December 31, 2008 based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible 
for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal 
control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial 
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on 
our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and 
evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.    Our  audit  also  included 
performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles.  A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and 
procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as 
necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and 
that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.   

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control 
over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2008,  based  on  criteria  established  in Internal Control – Integrated Framework 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States),  the  consolidated  statement  of  condition  of  the  Company  as  of  December  31,  2008  and  2007,  and  the  related 
consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year 
period  ended  December  31,  2008,  and  our  report  dated  March  16,  2009  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  those 
consolidated financial statements.   

/s/ KPMG LLP 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
March 16, 2009 

- 100 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

There are no matters required to be disclosed under this item. 

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The Information under “Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, 
FSB” and “Committees of the Board of Directors” in the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the registrant’s Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 23, 2009 (the “Proxy Statement”) is incorporated into this item by reference.  

We  have  adopted  a  Code  of  Ethics  that  applies  to  our  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer, 
principal  accounting  officer,  controller  or  persons  performing  similar  functions.    A  copy  of  the  Code  of  Ethics  is 
posted on our website at www.wsfsbank.com. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information under the heading “Compensation” and “Compensation of the Board of Directors” in the Proxy 

Statement is incorporated into this item by reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS 

(a) 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners 

Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Other 
Information  - Large Stockholders” of the Proxy Statement 

(b) 

Security Ownership of Management 

Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Directors and 
Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB – Ownership of  WSFS 
Financial Corporation Common Stock” of the Proxy Statement 

(c) 

We know of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of our securities, the operation of which 
may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the registrant. 

(d) 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

- 101 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shown below is information as of December 31, 2008 with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of 
the Registrant are authorized for issuance. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

(b)  

      (a) 

(c) 
Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation plans 
(excluding securities  
Options and 
Phantom Stock Awards  Phantom Stock Awards   reflected in column) (a) 

Number of Securities 
to be issued upon 
exercise of outstanding 
Options and 

 Weighted-Average  
exercise price of 
outstanding  

Equity compensation plans 
  approved by stockholders (1) 

Equity compensation plans 
 not approved by stockholders  

    TOTAL 

675,887 

$ 44.98 

327,851 

         n/a     

675,887 

     n/a 

$ 44.98 

        n/a        

327,851 

(1) Plans approved by stockholders include the 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended and the 2005 Incentive Plan. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS 

The information under “Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, 

FSB – Transactions with our Insiders” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this item by reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information under "Committees of the Board of Directors – Audit Committee" in the Proxy Statement is 

incorporated into this item by reference. 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a)    Listed  below  are  all  financial  statements  and  exhibits  filed  as  part  of  this  report,  and  are  incorporated  by 

reference. 

1.  The  consolidated  statements  of  Condition  of  WSFS  Financial  Corporation  and  subsidiary  as  of  December  31, 
2008  and  2007,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  changes  in  stockholders'  equity  and  cash 
flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2008, together with the related notes 
and the independent auditors' report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. 

2.  Schedules omitted as they are not applicable. 

- 102 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following exhibits are incorporated by reference herein or annexed to this Annual Report:  

Exhibit 
Number  

Description of Document 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

Registrant's  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  as  amended  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 1994. 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of WSFS Financial Corporation, incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on October 27, 2008. 

Certificate of Designations for the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred 
Stock, Series A, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009. 

Form of Certificate for the Series A Preferred Stock, incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
January 23, 2009. 

Warrant for Purchase of Shares of Common Stock, incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
January 23, 2009. 

WSFS  Financial  Corporation,  1994  Short  Term  Management  Incentive  Plan 
Summary Plan Description is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of 
the  Registrant's  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
1994.  

Amended and Restated Wilmington Savings Fund Society, Federal Savings Bank 
1997  Stock  Option  Plan  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  Registrant's 
Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-8  (File  No.  333-26099)  filed  with  the 
Commission on April 29, 1997. 

2000  Stock  Option  and  Temporary  Severance  Agreement  among  Wilmington 
Savings  Fund  Society,  Federal  Savings  Bank,  WSFS  Financial  Corporation  and 
Marvin N. Schoenhals on February 24, 2000 is incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2000. 

WSFS  Financial  Corporation  Severance  Policy  for  Executive  Vice  Presidents 
dated February 28, 2008. 

- 103 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

21     

23     

31 

32  

WSFS  Financial  Corporation’s  2005  Incentive  Plan  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  appendix  A  of  the  Registrant’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  on 
Schedule 14-A for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Amendment  to  WSFS  Financial  Corporation  2005  Incentive  Plan  for  IRC  409A 
and FAS 123R dated December 31, 2008. 

Amendment  to  the  WSFS  Financial  Corporation  Severance  Policy  for  Executive 
Vice Presidents dated December 31, 2008. 

Letter Agreement, dated January 23, 2009, between WSFS Financial Corporation 
and the United States Department of the Treasury, with respect to the issuance and 
sale  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and  the  Warrant,  incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on From 8-K filed on 
January 23, 2009. 

Form  of  Waiver,  executed  by  Messrs.  Marvin  N.  Schoenhals,  Mark  A.  Turner, 
Stephen  A.  Fowle,  Richard  M.  Wright,  Rodger  Levenson  and  Mrs.  Barbara  J. 
Fischer,  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  the  Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009. 

Form of Letter Agreement, executed by Messrs. Marvin N. Schoenhals, Mark A. 
Turner,  Stephen  A.  Fowle,  Richard  M.  Wright,  Rodger  Levenson  and  Mrs. 
Barbara  J.  Fischer,  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  the 
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009. 

Subsidiaries of Registrant. 

Consent of KPMG LLP 

Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 

Exhibits 10.1 through 10.10 represent management contracts or compensatory plan arrangements. 

- 104 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the 
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly 
authorized. 

WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION 

Date:  March 16, 2009        

BY:   /s/ Mark A. Turner_______________________ 
     Mark A. Turner  

President and Chief Executive Officer 

 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed 
below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates 
indicated. 

Date:  March 16, 2009 

BY:  /s/ Marvin N. Schoenhals___________________ 

Marvin N. Schoenhals 
Chairman  

Date:  March 16, 2009 

BY:  /s/ Mark A. Turner________________________ 

Date:  March 16, 2009 

Date:  March 16, 2009 

Date:  March 16, 2009 

Date:  March 16, 2009 

  Mark A. Turner 
  President and Chief Executive Officer 

BY:  /s/ Charles G. Cheleden 
  Charles G. Cheleden 
  Vice Chairman and Lead Director 

BY:  /s/ Jennifer Davis 

Jennifer Davis 

  Director 

BY:  /s/ Donald W. Delson 

Donald W. Delson 

  Director 

BY:  /s/ John F. Downey 

John F. Downey 

  Director 

- 105 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:  March 16, 2009 

BY:  /s/ Linda C. Drake_________________________ 

Linda C. Drake 
Director   

Date:  March 16, 2009 

BY:  /s/ David E. Hollowell_____________________ 

David E. Hollowell 
Director 

Date:  March 16, 2009 

BY:  /s/ Joseph R. Julian________________________ 

Joseph R. Julian 

  Director 

Date:  March 16, 2009 

BY:  /s/ Dennis E. Klima_______________________  

Dennis E. Klima 

  Director 

Date:  March 16, 2009 

BY:  /s/ Calvert A. Morgan, Jr.___________________ 

  Calvert A. Morgan, Jr. 

Director 

Date:  March 16, 2009 

BY:  /s/ Thomas P. Preston______________________ 

Thomas P. Preston 

  Director 

Date:  March 16, 2009 

BY:  /s/ Scott E. Reed__________________________ 

Scott E. Reed 

  Director 

Date:  March 16, 2009 

BY:  /s/ Claibourne D. Smith____________________ 

  Claibourne D. Smith 
  Director 

- 106 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:  March 16, 2009 

BY:  /s/ Stephen A. Fowle_______________________ 

  Stephen A. Fowle 
  Executive Vice President and  
  Chief Financial Officer 

Date:  March 16, 2009 

BY:  /s/ Robert F. Mack   
  Robert F. Mack 

Senior Vice President and Controller 

- 107 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 EXHIBIT 21 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

- 108 -

 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

Exhibit 21 

Parent Company 

Subsidiary 

Percent 
Owned 

State or 
Other Jurisdiction 
of Incorporation 

WSFS Financial Corporation  Wilmington Savings Fund Society, 

100% 

United States 

   Federal Savings Bank 
WSFS Capital Trust, III 
Montchanin Capital Management, Inc. 

100% 
100% 

Delaware 
Delaware 

WSFS Investment Group, Inc.  

100% 

Delaware  

1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC  

51% 

Illinois 

Cypress Capital Management, LLC 

100% 

Delaware 

Wilmington Savings Fund 
 Society, Federal 
 Savings Bank 

Wilmington Savings Fund 
 Society, Federal 
 Savings Bank 

Montchanin Capital 
Management, Inc. 

. 

- 109 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 23 

CONSENT OF KPMG LLP 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors  
WSFS Financial Corporation: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-106561, No. 
333-26099, No. 333-33713, No. 333-40032, No. 333-127225, and No. 333-146443) on Form S-8 
and (No. 333-157454) on Form S-3 of WSFS Financial Corporation (the Company) of our report 
dated  March  16,  2009,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated  statement  of  condition  of  WSFS 
Financial  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  as  of  December  31,  2008  and  2007,  and  the  related 
consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each 
of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and the effectiveness of internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, which reports appear in the December 
31, 2008 annual report on Form 10-K of WSFS Financial Corporation. 

Our  report  dated  March  16,  2009  on  the  consolidated  statement  of  condition  of  WSFS 
Financial  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  as  of  December  31,  2008  and  2007,  and  the  related 
consolidated  statements  of  operations,  changes  in  stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for 
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, refers to the Company’s 
adoption  of  FASB  Statement  No.  123(revised),  Share-Based  Payment,  a  revision  of  FASB 
Statement  No.  123,  Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,  effective  January  1,  2006,  
FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of 
FASB Statement No. 109, effective January 1, 2007, and FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value 
Measurements, effective January 1, 2008. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
March 16, 2009 

- 110 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
RULE 13a-14  
OF THE EXCHANGE ACT 

- 111 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION 

I, Mark A. Turner, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of WSFS Financial Corporation; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 

2. 
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such 
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 

3. 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

The registrant's other certifying officer and I am responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 

4. 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 

procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, 
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the 
period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b) 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 

financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles; 

(c) 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in 

this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the 
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d) 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that 

occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to 
materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
5. 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board 
of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function): 

(a) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 

over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

(b) 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 16, 2009 

/s/ Mark A. Turner_______________ 
Mark A. Turner 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION 

I, Stephen A. Fowle, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of WSFS Financial Corporation; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 

2. 
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such 
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 

3. 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

The registrant's other certifying officer and I am responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 

4. 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over 
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 

procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, 
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the 
period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b) 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 

financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles; 

(c) 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in 

this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the 
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d) 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that 

occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to 
materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board 
of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function): 

(a) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 

over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and 

(b) 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

significant role in the regristrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 16, 2009 

/s/ Stephen A. Fowle                                
Stephen A. Fowle 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 32 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 

 SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of WSFS Financial Corporation (the “Company”) 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date 
hereof  (the  “Report”),  we,  Mark  A.  Turner,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  and  Stephen  A.  Fowle, 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting Officer), hereby certify, pursuant 
to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

1) 

2) 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934; and 

The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company. 

/s/ Mark A. Turner________________ 

/s/ Stephen A. Fowle_______ 

Mark A. Turner 
President and Chief Executive Officer  

March 16, 2009 

Stephen A. Fowle 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 

March 16, 2009 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Officers, WSFS Financial Corporation

Stephen A. Fowle
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Paul S. Greenplate
Senior Vice President, Treasurer

Thomas W. Kearney
Senior Vice President, Corporate Auditor

Robert F. Mack
Senior Vice President, Controller

Marvin N. Schoenhals
Chairman

Mark A. Turner
President, Chief Executive Officer

Principal Officers of Principal Subsidiary,
Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB

Raymond C. Abbott
Senior Vice President, Cash Management Manager

Syed A. Ahmed
Senior Vice President, Regional Manager

M. Scott Baylis
Senior Vice President, Business Banking Team Leader

Lisa M. Brubaker
Senior Vice President, Retail Administration

Leslie S. Carter
Senior Vice President, Director of Trust Services

Ralph A. Citino
Senior Vice President, Small Business Banking

Stephen P. Clark
Senior Vice President, Middle Market Division Manager

John D. Clatworthy
Senior Vice President, Cash Connect Client Operations

Peggy H. Eddens
Executive Vice President, Director of Human Capital Management

Barbara J. Fischer
Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer

Stephen A. Fowle
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Paul S. Greenplate
Senior Vice President, Treasurer

Cheryl A. Hughes
Senior Vice President, Transaction Services

Richard J. Immesberger
Executive Vice President, Director of Wealth Management

Janis L. Julian
Senior Vice President, Community Relations

Thomas W. Kearney
Senior Vice President, Corporate Auditor

Glenn L. Kocher
Senior Vice President, Chief Credit Officer

Shari A. Kruzinski
Senior Vice President, Regional Manager

Rodger Levenson
Executive Vice President, Director of Commercial Banking

Robert F. Mack
Senior Vice President, Controller

Douglas R. Quaintance
Senior Vice President, Business Banking Division Manager

Deborah T. Roberts
Senior Vice President, Director of Retail Lending

Ann M. Rudolph
Senior Vice President, Commercial Real Estate Division Manager

Marvin N. Schoenhals
Chairman

Thomas E. Stevenson
President, Cash Connect Division

Mark A. Turner
President, Chief Executive Officer

Richard M. Wright
Executive Vice President, Director of Retail Banking and Marketing

Andrew N. Yatzus
Senior Vice President, Business Banking Team Leader

Linda H. Ziegler
Senior Vice President, Regional Manager

Helen M. Zumsteg
Senior Vice President, Private Banking Manager

Kent County Advisory Board Members

Thomas Burns
George W. Forbes III
Robert C. MacLeish, Sr.
E. Stuart Outten

Debra Singletary
Richard Weyandt
Richard E. Yerger

Sussex County Advisory Board Members

Robert Dickerson
David C. Doane
George W. Forbes III
William Haughey
Joseph A. Kollock, Jr.

Michael Meoli
Peter Schwartzkopf
David R. Urian
James Walls

Stockholders or others seeking
information regarding the
Company may call or write:

WSFS Financial Corporation Investor Relations
WSFS Bank Center
500 Delaware Avenue
Wilmington, DE 19801
302-571-7265

Website
www.wsfsbank.com

Transfer Agent
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11219

WSFS Bank Center
500 Delaware Avenue
Wilmington, DE 19801

www.wsfsbank.com

©2009 WSFS Financial Corporation. All rights reserved.